CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: info@deltaacdrives.

com
Chapter 9 Specification  MS300

[ This page intentionally left blank ]

9-12
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 10 Digital KeypadMS300

Chapter 10 Digital Keypad

Appearance of KPMS-LE01 keyboard panel

Descriptions of Keypad Functions

Displayed items Descriptions

Display present frequency command of the drive

Display actual output frequency to the motor

Display user-defined output of physical quantity

Example for parameter 00-04 = 30 (User Defined output)

Display output current

Forward command

Reverse command

Display counter value

Display parameter

10-1
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 10 Digital KeypadMS300

Displayed items Descriptions

Display parameter value

Display external fault

R UN STOP Display the data has been accepted and automatically stored in
FWD PL C
R EV the internal memory
R UN STOP
FWD PL C Display when the set data is not accepted or the value exceeded
R EV

Keypad operation process

A. Main Page Selection

Se tt ing p ara me te rs

or

START

or or

PLC Setting

or

10-2
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 10 Digital KeypadMS300

B. F page (Frequency command setting page)

General Mode 1 (maximum operating frequency 01-00 is double digits, e.g.: Pr. 01-00=60.00 Hz)

Long </ </ </ </

press

General Mode 2 (maximum operating frequency 01-00 is three digits, e.g.: Pr. 01-00=599.0 Hz)

Long
press
</ </ </ </

</

C. Application Selection Page

Application selection page will display APP, but it will not show the APP page when Pr.13-00=0

The description of Pr. 13-00 setting is as follow:

Pr. 13-00=0
Application selection will be inactivated and will not be shown on display

Pr. 13-00=1 is User Defined application, keypad will display USEr

Pr. 13-00=2 is Compressor application, keypad will display CoPr

10-3
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 10 Digital KeypadMS300

Pr. 13-00=3 is Fan application, keypad will display FAn

Pr. 13-00=4 is Pump application, keypad will display PUMP

Pr. 13-00=5 is Conveyor application, keypad will display CnYr

Pr. 13-00=6 is Machine tool, keypad will display CnC

Pr. 13-00=7 is Packing application, keypad will display PAC

Pr. 13-00=8 is Textiles application, keypad will display tiLE

When Pr. 13-00≠0, the corresponding parameters will be shown in the APP page according to
the setting of Pr. 13-00. Then in each selected application, user can view the parameters by pressing
Enter button. (If Pr.13-00=1 and no parameters are set in Pr.13-01~13-50, the user can not enter
USEr page.) The parameter setting in APP is the same as for other parameters groups: use up and
left/down key to set the parameter value.

Please follow the setting process below to set the User Defined application selection (Pr.13-00=1):

When finishing setting, press

Set Pr.13-00=1 Set Pr.13-01~13-50 User MODE button to APP page, and
Activate User Defined Defined parameters by then press ENTER to USEr page.
application selection order Press ENTER again, the user
defined parameters will appear

If the user wants to remove the

If the user wants to change Use up and down key
User Defined parameters, then
the User Defined parameters, to select defined
go back to parameter group 13,
then the user needs to go parameters, and
and set the parameter as 0.00
back to parameter group 13 to press ENTER to
from the last defined parameter
modify check the setting
by sequence

10-4
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 10 Digital KeypadMS300

1. The application selection can be activated by setting Pr. 13-00≠0.

2. After setting Pr. 13-00=1, the user can give the definition of 13-01~50 by their requirement.
3. The default setting of Pr. 13-01~50 is P 0.00. Press Enter to set the corresponding parameters
to Pr. 13-01~50 by sequence.
4. The way of setting corresponding parameters in Pr. 13-01~50 is the same as in other parameter
groups: use up down and left key to set the parameters value
Note 1: Read-only parameters cannot be set
Note 2: Pr. 13-01, 02……50 need to be set by sequence, or the display will show Err
5. If the set corresponding parameters need to be changed, the user needs to go back to Pr.
13-01~50 to modify.
6. If user wants to remove the set parameters, then the last parameter needs to be removed (set
as 0.00) first, or the display will show Err
For example, if there are 5 user defined parameters (Pr. 13-01, 13-02…13-05), then to remove
Pr. 13-02, Pr. 13-05, 04, 03 need to be removed by first in sequence
7. When finishing setting, press MODE back to APP page and ENTER again, the Keypad will
display USEr, after ENTER again, the set corresponded parameters will appear

Please follow the setting process below to select specific application setting (Pr. 13-00=2~8)

After selecting, press MODE Use up and down key

Set Pr.13-00=2~8 back to APP page. Then press to select defined
(2~8 represent ENTER, the keypad will display parameters, and
different applications) application abbreviation. Press press ENTER to
ENTER again to set the check the setting
application parameters

D. Parameter setting
How to enablele/disable left shift key function?
 Enable left shift key function: Press MODE for >2s. Last digit will start to blink.

 Disable left shift key function: Press MODE for >2s. Last digit stops blinking.
The left shift key function works only for changing parameters, not when going to a different
parameter.

D-1. Unsigned parameter

(parameter setting range≧0, e.g. Pr. 01-00)
1. Left shift key function disabled: Press UP or LEFT/DOWN key to adjust the value.
2. Left shift key function enabled: Last digit blinks. Press UP key to increase the value of this
digit. Back to 0 after 9
3. Press LEFT/DOWN key, the blinking digit will shift left one digit
4. After the parameter is set, the left shift key function will not be disabled automatically. It has
to be disabled by the user

10-5
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 10 Digital KeypadMS300

E.g.: The default setting of Pr. 01-00 is 60.00. After pressing MODE key for >2 seconds to enable
the left shift function, pressing LEFT/DOWN key will be as shown below:

</ </ </ </

The upper setting limit of Pr. 01-00 is 599.00. If a value >599.00 is set, the display will show
[Err] after ENTER, and then the display shows the upper limit [599.00] for a second to remind
user of exceeding the maximum setting. Then the original value will kept unchanged. The
cursor will return to the last digit.

D-2. Signed parameter setting status 1

(parameter setting range has no or one decimal place, e.g. Pr. 03-03)
1. Left shift key function disabled: Press UP or LEFT/DOWN key to adjust the value
2. Left shift key function enabled: Last digit blinks. Press UP key to increase the value of this
digit. Back to 0 after 9
3. Press LEFT/DOWN key, the blinking digit will shift left one digit. When shifting to the first
digit and pressing the UP key, the digit “0” will change to “minus”
4. After the parameter is set, the left shift key function will not be disabled automatically. It
has to be disabled by the user

E.g.: The default setting of Pr. 03-03 is 0.0. After pressing MODE key for >2 seconds to
enable the left shift function, pressing LEFT/DOWN key will be as shown below:

</ </ </ </

The upper setting limit of Pr.03-03 is 100.0 and the lower limit is -100.0. If a value >100.0 or
<-100.0 is set, the display will show [Err] after ENTER, and then the display will show the
upper limit [100.0] or lower limit [-100.0] for a second to remind user of exceeding the upper or
lower limit. Then the original value will kept unchanged. The cursor will return to the last digit.

D-3. Signed parameter setting status 2

(parameter setting range has two decimal places, e.g. Pr. 03-74)
1. Left shift key function disabled: Press UP or LEFT/DOWN key to adjust the value
2. Left shift key function enabled: Last digit blinks. Press UP key to increase the value of this
digit. Back to 0 after 9
3. Press LEFT/DOWN key, the blinking digit will shift left one digit. When shifting to the first
digit and pressing the UP key, the digit “0” will change to “minus”
4. For parameters in 2 decimals and a positive/negative setting range, values >99.99 or
<-99.99 will be shown in 1 decimal, e.g. 100.0 or -100.0
5. After the parameter is set, the left shift key function will not be disabled automatically. It
has to be disabled by the user

10-6
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 10 Digital KeypadMS300

E.g.: The default setting of Pr. 03-74 is -100.0. After pressing MODE key for >2 seconds to
enable the left shift function, pressing LEFT/DOWN key will be as shown below:

</ </ </ </

If the parameter is adjusted upwards, the display will show [-99.99].

The upper setting limit of Pr. 03-74 is 100.0 and lower limit is -100.0. If a value >100.0 or
<-100.0 is set, the display will show [Err] after ENTER, and then the display will show the
upper limit [100.0] or lower limit [-100.0] for a second to remind user of exceeding the upper
or lower limit. Then the original value will kept unchanged. The cursor will return to the last
digit.

Reference Table for the 7-segment LED Display of the Digital Keypad
Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Display

Number A a B b C c D d E e

Display － － － －

Number F f G g H h I i J j

Display － － －

Number K k L l M m N n O o

Display － － － － － －

Number P p Q q R r S s T t

Display － － － － －

Number U u V v W w X x Y y

Display － － － － － －

Number Z z

Display －

10-7
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 10 Digital KeypadMS300

[ This page intentionally left blank ]

10-8
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter Settings

This chapter provides summary of parameter settings for user to gather the parameter setting ranges,
factory settings and set parameters. The parameters can be set, changed and reset by the digital keypad.
NOTE

: The parameter can be set during operation

00 Drive Parameters
Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
102: 110 V, 1 Phase, 0.25 HP
103: 110 V, 1 Phase, 0.5 HP
104: 110 V, 1 Phase, 1 HP
302: 230 V, 1 Phase, 0.25 HP
303: 230 V, 1 Phase, 0.5 HP
304: 230 V, 1 Phase, 1 HP
305: 230 V, 1 Phase, 2 HP
306: 230 V, 1 Phase, 3 HP
202: 230 V, 3 Phase, 0.25 HP
203: 230 V, 3 Phase, 0.5 HP
204: 230 V, 3 Phase, 1 HP
205: 230 V, 3 Phase, 2 HP
206: 230 V, 3 Phase, 3 HP
207: 230 V, 3 Phase, 5 HP
Identity code of the AC motor Read
00-00 208: 230 V, 3 Phase, 7.5 HP
drive only
209: 230 V, 3 Phase, 10 HP
210: 230 V, 3 Phase, 15 HP
211: 230 V, 3 Phase, 20 HP
403: 460 V, 3 Phase, 0.5 HP
404: 460 V, 3 Phase, 1 HP
405: 460 V, 3 Phase, 2 HP
406: 460 V, 3 Phase, 3 HP
407: 460 V, 3 Phase, 5 HP
408: 460 V, 3 Phase, 7.5 HP
409: 460 V, 3 Phase, 10 HP
410: 460 V, 3 Phase, 15 HP
411: 460 V, 3 Phase, 20 HP
412: 460 V, 3 Phase, 25 HP
413: 460 V, 3 Phase, 30 HP

11-1
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
Display AC motor drive rated Read
00-01 Display by models
current only
0: No function
1: Parameter write protect
5: Reset KWH display to 0
6: Reset PLC
7: Reset CANopen index (Slave)
8: Keypad doesn't respond
9: All parameters are reset to factory settings
(base frequency is 50 Hz)
00-02 Parameter reset 0
10: All parameters are reset to factory settings
(base frequency is 60 Hz)
11: All parameters are reset to factory settings
(base frequency is 50 Hz) (saving the setting value of
user defined parameter 13-01~13-50)
12: All parameters are reset to factory settings
(base frequency is 60 Hz) (saving the setting value of
user defined parameter 13-01~13-50)
0: F (frequency command)
1: H (output frequency)
 00-03 Start-up display selection 0
2: U (multi-function display, see Pr. 00-04)
3: A (output current)
0: Display output current (A) (Unit: Amps)
1: Display counter value (c) (Unit: CNT)
2: Display actual output frequency (H.) (Unit: Hz)
3: Display DC-BUS voltage (v) (Unit: Vdc)
4: Display output voltage (E) (Unit: Vac)
5: Display output power angle (n) (Unit: deg)
6: Display output power in kW (P) (Unit: Kw)
7: Display actual motor speed rpm (Unit: rpm)
Content of multi-function 10: Display PID feedback (b) (Unit: %)
 00-04 3
display (user defined) 11: Display signal value of AVI analog input terminal (1.)
(Unit: %)
12: Display signal value of ACI analog input terminal (2.)
(Unit: %)
14: Display the temperature of IGBT (i.) (Unit: oC)
16: The status of digital input (ON / OFF) (i)
17: Display digital output status ON / OFF (o)
18: Display the multi-stage speed that is executing (S)
19: The corresponding CPU pin status of digital input (d)

11-2
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
20: The corresponding CPU pin status of digital output (0.)
22: Pulse input frequency (S.)
23: Pulse input position (q.)
25: Overload counting (0.00~100.00 %) (o.) (Unit: %)
26: GFF ground fault (G.) (Unit: %)
27: DC Bus voltage ripple (r.) (Unit: %)
28: Display PLC register D1043 data (C)
30: Display output of user defined (U)
31: H page x 00-05 display user gain (K)
35: Control mode display: 0 = speed control mode (SPD)
36: Present operating carrier frequency of drive (Hz) (J.)
38: Display drive status (6.)
41: KWH display (J) (Unit: kWh)
42: PID target value (h.) (Unit: %)
43: PID offset (o.) (Unit: %)
44: PID output frequency (b.) (Unit: Hz)
46: Display auxiliary frequency value (U.) (Unit: Hz)
47: Display master frequency value (A.) (Unit: Hz)
48: Display frequency value after addition and subtraction
of auxiliary and master frequency (L.) (Unit: Hz)
Coefficient gain in actual
 00-05 0~160.00 1.00
output frequency
00-06 Software version Read only #.#
Parameter protection 0～65535
 00-07 0
password input 0~3 (the times of password attempts)
0～65535
Parameter protection 0: No password protection / password is entered correctly
 00-08 0
password setting (Pr. 00-07)
1: Password has been set
00-10 Control mode 0: Speed mode 0
0: VF (IM V/F control)
00-11 Control of speed mode 1: VFPG (IM V/F control + Encoder) 0
2: SVC (Pr. 05-33 set as IM or PM)
0: Normal load
00-16 Load selection 1
1: Heavy load
Normal load: 2~15 KHz 4
00-17 Carrier frequency
Heavy load: 2~15 KHz 4
bit 0: Control command forced by PLC control Read
00-19 PLC command mask
bit 1: Frequency command forced by PLC control Only

11-3
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
0: Digital keypad
1: Communication RS-485 input
2: External analog input (Refer to Pr. 03-00)
3: External UP / DOWN terminal
4: Pulse input without direction command
Source of the master
 00-20 (Refer to Pr. 10-16 without direction) 0
frequency command (AUTO)
6: CANopen communication card
7: Digital keypad dial
8: Communication card (not includes CANopen card)
[Note]:
Need to use with MO setting as 42, or use with KPC-CC01
0: Digital keypad
1: External terminals
2: Communication RS-485 input
Source of the operation
 00-21 3: CANopen communication card 0
command (AUTO)
5: Communication card (not includes CANopen card)
[Note]:
Need to use with MO setting as 42, or use with KPC-CC01
0: Ramp to stop
 00-22 Stop method 0
1: Coast to stop
0: Enable forward / reverse
 00-23 Control of motor direction 1: Disable reverse 0
2: Disable forward
Memory of digital operator Read
00-24 Read only
(Keypad) frequency command only

bit 0~3: user defined decimal place

0000b: no decimal place
 00-25 User defined characteristics 0001b: one decimal place 0
0010b: two decimal place
0011b: three decimal place

11-4
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
bit 4~15: user defined unit
000xh: Hz
001xh: rpm
002xh: %
003xh: kg
004xh: M/S
005xh: kW
006xh: HP
007xh: PPM
008xh: l /m
009xh: kg/s
00Axh: kg/m
00Bxh: kg/h
00Cxh: lb/s
00Dxh: lb/m
00Exh: lb/h
00Fxh: ft/s
010xh: ft/m
011xh: M
012xh: ft
013xh: degC
014xh: degF
015xh: mbar
016xh: bar
017xh: Pa
018xh: kPa
019xh: mWG
01Axh: inWG
01Bxh: ftWG
01Cxh: Psi
01Dxh: Atm
01Exh: L/s
01Fxh: L/m
020xh: L/h
021xh: m3/s
022xh: m3/h
023xh: GPM
024xh: CFM

11-5
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
0: Disable
0~65535 (when Pr. 00-25 set to no decimal place)
00-26 Max. user defined value 0.0~6553.5 (when Pr. 00-25 set to 1 decimal place) 0
0.0~655.35 (when Pr. 00-25 set to 2 decimal place)
0.0~65.535 (when Pr. 00-25 set to 3 decimal place)
Read
00-27 User defined value Read only
only
0: Standard HOA function
1: Switching Local / Remote, the drive stops
2: Switching Local / Remote, the drive runs as the
REMOTE setting for frequency and operation status
3: Switching Local / Remote, the drive runs as the LOCAL
00-29 LOCAL / REMOTE selection 0
setting for frequency and operation status
4: Switching Local / Remote, the drive runs as LOCAL
setting when switch to Local and runs as REMOTE
setting when switch to Remote for frequency and
operation status.
0: Digital keypad
1: Communication RS-485 input
2: External analog input (Refer to Pr. 03-00)
3: External UP / DOWN terminal
4: Pulse input without direction command
Source of the master
 00-30 (Refer to Pr. 10-16 without direction) 0
frequency command (HAND)
6: CANopen communication card
7: Digital keypad dial
8: Communication card (not includes CANopen card)
[Note]:
Need to use with MO setting as 41, or use with KPC-CC01
0: Digital keypad
1: External terminals
2: Communication RS-485 input
Source of the operation
 00-31 3: CANopen communication card 0
command (HAND)
5: Communication card (not includes CANopen card)
[Note]:
Need to use with MO setting as 41, or use with KPC-CC01
0: STOP key disable
 00-32 Digital keypad STOP function 0
1: STOP key enable

11-6
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
0: Master and auxiliary frequency function disabled
1: By digital keypad
2: By communication RS-485 input
3: By analog input
00-35 Source of auxiliary frequency 0
4: By external Up / Down key input
5: Pulse input with steering command (refer to Pr. 10-16)
6: By CANopen
8: By communication card
0: Master + auxiliary frequency
Selection of master and
00-36 1: Master - auxiliary frequency 0
auxiliary frequency command
2: Auxiliary - master frequency
 00-48 Display filter time (Current) 0.001~65.535 sec. 0.100
 00-49 Display filter time (Keypad) 0.001~65.535 sec. 0.100
00-50 Software version (Date) Read only #####

11-7
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

01 Basic Parameters
Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
60.00/
01-00 Max. operation frequency of motor 1 0.00~599.00 Hz
50.00
60.00/
01-01 Output frequency of motor 1 0.00~599.00 Hz
50.00
110 V / 230 V series: 0.0 V~255.0 V 220.0
01-02 Output voltage of motor 1
460 V series: 0.0~510.0 V 440.0
01-03 Mid-point frequency 1 of motor 1 0.00~599.00 Hz 3.00
110 V / 230 V series: 0.0 V~240.0 V 11.0
 01-04 Mid-point voltage 1 of motor 1
460 V series: 0.0 V~480.0 V 22.0
01-05 Mid-point frequency 2 of motor 1 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.50
110 V / 230 V series: 0.0 V~240.0 V 2.0
 01-06 Mid-point voltage 2 of motor 1
460 V series: 0.0 V~480.0 V 4.0
01-07 Min. output frequency of motor 1 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.00
110 V / 230 V series: 0.0 V~240.0 V 0.0
 01-08 Min. output voltage of motor 1
460 V series: 0.0 V~480.0 V 0.0
01-09 Start-up frequency 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.50
 01-10 Output frequency upper limit 0.00~599.00 Hz 599.00
 01-11 Output frequency lower limit 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.00
Pr. 01-45 = 0: 0.00~600.00 sec. 10.00
 01-12 Accel. time 1
Pr. 01-45 = 1: 0.00~6000.0 sec. 10.0
Pr. 01-45 = 0: 0.00~600.00 sec. 10.00
 01-13 Decel. time 1
Pr. 01-45 = 1: 0.00~6000.0 sec. 10.0
Pr. 01-45 = 0: 0.00~600.00 sec. 10.00
 01-14 Accel. time 2
Pr. 01-45 = 1: 0.00~6000.0 sec. 10.0
Pr. 01-45 = 0: 0.00~600.00 sec. 10.00
 01-15 Decel. time 2
Pr. 01-45 = 1: 0.00~6000.0 sec. 10.0
Pr. 01-45 = 0: 0.00~600.00 sec. 10.00
 01-16 Accel. time 3
Pr. 01-45 = 1: 0.00~6000.0 sec. 10.0
Pr. 01-45 = 0: 0.00~600.00 sec. 10.00
 01-17 Decel. time 3
Pr. 01-45 = 1: 0.00~6000.0 sec. 10.0
Pr. 01-45 = 0: 0.00~600.00 sec. 10.00
 01-18 Accel. time 4
Pr. 01-45 = 1: 0.00~6000.0 sec. 10.0
Pr. 01-45 = 0: 0.00~600.00 sec. 10.00
 01-19 Decel. time 4
Pr. 01-45 = 1: 0.00~6000.0 sec. 10.0
Pr. 01-45 = 0: 0.00~600.00 sec. 10.00
 01-20 JOG acceleration time
Pr. 01-45 = 1: 0.00~6000.0 sec. 10.0
Pr. 01-45 = 0: 0.00~600.00 sec. 10.00
 01-21 JOG deceleration time
Pr. 01-45 = 1: 0.00~6000.0 sec. 10.0

11-8
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
 01-22 JOG frequency 0.00~599.00 Hz 6.00
st th
 01-23 1 / 4 Accel. / decel. frequency 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.00
Pr. 01-45 = 0: 0.00~25.00 sec. 0.20
 01-24 S-curve acceleration begin time 1
Pr. 01-45 = 1: 0.0~250.0 sec. 0.2
Pr. 01-45 = 0: 0.00~25.00 sec. 0.20
 01-25 S-curve acceleration arrival time 2
Pr. 01-45 = 1: 0.0~250.0 sec. 0.2
Pr. 01-45 = 0: 0.00~25.00 sec. 0.20
 01-26 S-curve deceleration begin time 1
Pr. 01-45 = 1: 0.0~250.0 sec. 0.2
Pr. 01-45 = 0: 0.00~25.00 sec. 0.20
 01-27 S-curve deceleration arrival time 2
Pr. 01-45 = 1: 0.0~250.0 sec. 0.2
01-28 Skip frequency 1 (upper limit) 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.00
01-29 Skip frequency 1 (lower limit) 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.00
01-30 Skip frequency 2 (upper limit) 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.00
01-31 Skip frequency 2 (lower limit) 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.00
01-32 Skip frequency 3 (upper limit) 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.00
01-33 Skip frequency 3 (lower limit) 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.00
0: Output waiting
01-34 Zero-speed mode 1: Zero-speed operation 0
2: Fmin (Refer to Pr. 01-07, 01-41)
60.00/
01-35 Output frequency of motor 2 0.00~599.00 Hz
50.00
110 V / 230 V series: 0.0 V~255.0 V 220.0
01-36 Output voltage of motor 2
460 V series: 0.0~510.0 V 440.0
01-37 Mid-point frequency 1 of motor 2 0.00~599.00 Hz 3.00
110 V / 230 V series: 0.0 V~240.0 V 11.0
 01-38 Mid-point voltage 1 of motor 2
460 V series: 0.0 V~480.0 V 22.0
01-39 Mid-point frequency 2 of motor 2 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.50
110 V / 230 V series: 0.0 V~240.0 V 2.0
 01-40 Mid-point voltage 2 of motor 2
460 V series:0.0 V~480.0 V 4.0
01-41 Min. output frequency of motor 2 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.00
110 V / 230 V series: 0.0 V~240.0 V 0.0
 01-42 Min. output voltage of motor 2
460 V series: 0.0 V~480.0 V 0.0
0: V/F curve determined by Pr. 01-00~01-08
01-43 V/F curve selection 1: 1.5th V/F curve 0
nd
2: 2 V/F curve

11-9
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
0: Linear accel. / decel.
1: Auto accel., linear decel.
Auto acceleration / deceleration 2: Linear accel., auto decel.
 01-44 0
setting 3: Auto accel. / decel.
4: Linear, stall prevention by auto accel. /
decel. (limited by Pr. 01-12 to 01-21)
Time unit for acceleration / 0: Unit 0.01 sec.
01-45 0
deceleration and S curve 1: Unit 0.1 sec.
Pr. 01-45 = 0: 0.00~600.00 sec.
 01-46 Time for CANopen quick stop 1.00
Pr. 01-45 = 1: 0.0~6000.0 sec.
0: Normal decel.
01-49 Deceleration method 1: Overfluxing decel. 0
2: Traction energy control
60.00/
01-52 Max. operation frequency of motor 2 0.00~599.00 Hz
50.00
60.00/
01-53 Max. operation frequency of motor 3 0.00~599.00 Hz
50.00
60.00/
01-54 Output frequency of motor 3 0.00~599.00 Hz
50.00
110 V / 230V series: 0.0 V~255.0 V 220.0
01-55 Output voltage of motor 3
460 V series: 0.0 V~510.0 V 440.0
01-56 Mid-point frequency 1 of motor 3 0.00~599.00 Hz 3.00
110 V / 230 V series: 0.0 V~240.0 V 11.0
 01-57 Mid-point voltage 1 of motor 3
460 V series: 0.0 V~480.0 V 22.0
01-58 Mid-point frequency 2 of motor 3 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.50
110 V / 230 V series: 0.0 V~240.0 V 2.0
 01-59 Mid-point voltage 2 of motor 3
460 V series: 0.0 V~480.0 V 4.0
01-60 Min. output frequency of motor 3 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.00
110V / 230 V series: 0.0 V~240.0 V 0.0
 01-61 Min. output voltage of motor 3
460 V series: 0.0 V~480.0 V 0.0
60.00/
01-62 Max. operation frequency of motor 4 0.00~599.00 Hz
50.00
60.00/
01-63 Output frequency of motor 4 0.00~599.00 Hz
50.00
110 V / 230 V series: 0.0 V~255.0 V 220.0
01-64 Output voltage of motor 4
460 V series: 0.0 V~510.0 V 440.0
01-65 Mid-point frequency 1 of motor 4 0.00~599.00 Hz 3.00
110V / 230 V series: 0.0 V~240.0 V 11.0
 01-66 Mid-point voltage 1 of motor 4
460 V series: 0.0 V~480.0 V 22.0
01-67 Mid-point frequency 2 of motor 4 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.50

11-10
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
110 V / 230 V series: 0.0 V~240.0 V 2.0
 01-68 Mid-point voltage 2 of motor 4
460 V series: 0.0 V~480.0 V 4.0
01-69 Min. output frequency of motor 4 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.00
110 V / 230V series: 0.0 V~240.0 V 0.0
 01-70 Min. output voltage of motor 4
460 V series: 0.0 V~480.0 V 0.0

11-11
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

02 Digital Input / Output Parameters

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
0: No function
1: 2-wire mode 1, power on for operation control
(M1: FWD / STOP, M2: REV / STOP)
2: 2-wire mode 2, power on for operation control
(M1: RUN / STOP, M2: REV / FWD)
3: 3-wire, power on for operation control
(M1: RUN, M2: REV / FWD, M3: STOP)
4: 2-wire mode 1，fast start up
(M1: FWD / STOP, M2: REV / STOP)
02-00 2-wire / 3-wire operation control 5: 2-wire mode 2，fast start up 1
(M1: RUN / STOP, M2: REV / FWD)
6: 3-wire，fast start up
(M1: RUN, M2: REV / FWD, M3: STOP)
IMPORTANT
1. In fast start up function, terminal output will
keep in ready status, drive will response to the
command immediately.
2. When using fast start up function, the output
terminal will have higher voltage potentially.
Multi-function input command 1 0: No function
02-01 0
(MI1) 1: Multi-stage speed command 1 / multi-stage
Multi-function input command 2 position command 1
02-02 0
(MI2) 2: Multi-stage speed command 2 / multi-stage
Multi-function input command 3 position command 2
02-03 1
(MI3) 3: Multi-stage speed command 3 / multi-stage
Multi-function input command 4 position command 3
02-04 2
(MI4) 4: Multi-stage speed command 4 / multi-stage
Multi-function input command 5 position command 4
02-05 3
(MI5) 5: Reset
Multi-function input command 6 6: JOG operation (By KPC-CC01 or external
02-06 4
(MI6) control)
Multi-function input command 7 7: Acceleration / deceleration speed inhibit
02-07 0
(MI7) 8: The 1st, 2nd acceleration / deceleration time
selection
9: The 3rd, 4th acceleration / deceleration time
selection
10: EF Input (Pr. 07-20)
11: B.B input from external (Base Block)

11-12
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
12: Output stop
13: Cancel the setting of auto accel. / decel. time
15: Rotating speed command from AVI
16: Rotating speed command from ACI
18: Forced to stop (Pr. 07-20)
19: Digital up command
20: Digital down command
21: PID function disabled
22: Clear counter command
23: Input the counter value (MI6)
24: FWD JOG command

25: REV JOG command

28: Emergency stop (EF1)
29: Signal confirmation for Y-connection
30: Signal confirmation for -connection
38: Disable EEPROM write function
40: Force coast to stop

41: HAND switch

42: AUTO switch
48: Mechanical gear ratio switch
49: Drive enable
50: Master dEb input
51: Selection for PLC mode bit 0
52: Selection for PLC mode bit 1
53: Trigger CANopen quick stop
56: Local / Remote Selection
70: Auxiliary frequency is forced to 0
71: Disable PID function, PID output is forced to 0
72: Disable PID function, remain the output value
before disabled
73: PID integral gain is forced to 0, integral
disabled
74: PID feedback reversed
81: Zero point position signal input of simple
positioning
82: OOB loading balance detection
83: Multi-motors (IM) selection bit 0
84: Multi-motors (IM) selection bit 1

11-13
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
0: UP / DOWN by the accel. / decel. time
1: UP / DOWN constant speed (Pr. 02-10)
 02-09 UP / DOWN key mode 0
2: Pulse command (Pr. 02-10)
3: External terminals UP / DOWN mode
Constant speed. The accel. / decel.
 02-10 0.001~1.000 Hz / ms 0.001
speed of the UP / DOWN Key
 02-11 Digital input response time 0.000~30.000 sec. 0.005
 02-12 Digital input mode selection 0000h~FFFFh (0: N.O.; 1: N.C.) 0000
 02-13 Multi-function output 1 RY1 0: No function 11
 02-16 Multi-function output 2 (MO1) 1: Indication during RUN 0
 02-17 Multi-function output 3 (MO2) 2: Operation speed attained 0
3: Desired frequency attained 1 (Pr. 02-22)
4: Desired frequency attained 2 (Pr. 02-24)
5: Zero speed (Frequency command)
6: Zero speed, include STOP (Frequency
command)
7: Over torque 1 (Pr. 06-06~06-08)
8: Over torque 2 (Pr. 06-09~06-11)
9: Drive is ready
10: Low voltage warning (LV) (Pr. 06-00)
11: Malfunction indication
13: Overheat warning (Pr. 06-15)
14: Software brake signal indication (Pr. 07-00)
15: PID feedback error
16: Slip error (oSL)
17: Count value attained, does not return to 0
(Pr. 02-20)
18: Count value attained, returns to 0 (Pr. 02-19)
19: External interrupt B.B. input (Base Block)
20: Warning output
21: Over voltage warning
22: Over-current stall prevention warning
23: Over-voltage stall prevention warning
24: Operation source
25: Forward command
26: Reverse command
29: Output when frequency ≥ Pr. 02-34
30: Output when frequency < Pr. 02-34
31: Y-connection for the motor coil

11-14
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
32: △-connection for the motor coil
33: Zero speed (actual output frequency)
34: Zero speed include stop (actual output
frequency)
35: Error output selection 1 (Pr. 06-23)
36: Error output selection 2 (Pr. 06-24)

37: Error output selection 3 (Pr. 06-25)

38: Error output selection 4 (Pr. 06-26)
40: Speed attained (including Stop)
42: Crane function
43: Motor actual speed output < Pr. 02-47
44: Low current output (use with Pr. 06-71~06-73)
45: UVW magnetic contactor ON / OFF switch
46: Master dEb signal output
50: Output for CANopen control
52: Output for communication card control
66: SO output logic A
67: Analog input level reached output
68: SO output logic B
73: Over torque 3
74: Over torque 4
 02-18 Multi-function output direction 0000h~FFFFh (0: N.O.; 1: N.C.) 0000
Terminal counting value attained
 02-19 0~65500 0
(returns to 0)
Preliminary counting value attained
 02-20 0~65500 0
(not return to 0)
 02-21 Digital output gain (DFM) 1~55 1
60.00/
 02-22 Desired frequency attained 1 0.00~599.00 Hz
50.00
The width of the desired frequency
 02-23 0.00~599.00 Hz 2.00
attained 1
60.00/
 02-24 Desired frequency attained 2 0.00~599.00 Hz
50.00
The width of the desired frequency
 02-25 0.00~599.00 Hz 2.00
attained 2
Output frequency setting for 0.00~599.00 Hz
 02-34 0.00
multi-function output terminal (Motor speed when using PG Card)
External operation control selection 0: Disable
 02-35 0
after reset and activate 1: Drive runs if run command exists after reset

11-15
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
 02-47 Zero-speed Level of Motor 0~65535 rpm 0
Status of multi-function input Read
02-50 Monitor the status of multi-function input terminals
terminal only
Status of multi-function output Monitor the status of multi-function output Read
02-51
terminal terminals only
Display external multi-function input Read
02-52 Monitor the status of PLC input terminals
terminals used by PLC only
Display external multi-function Read
02-53 Monitor the status of PLC output terminals
output terminals used by PLC only
Display memory of frequency Read
02-54 Read only
command used by external terminal only
Multi-function output terminal:
02-58 function 42: brake frequency 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.00
checking point
02-78 Gear ratio for simple index function 4.0～1000.0 200.0
02-79 Automatic positioning angle setting 0.0～6480.0 180.0
Automatic positioning deceleration 0.00 Function disable
 02-80 0.00
time 0.01～100.00 s

EF active when terminal count value 0: Terminal count value attained, no EF display
 02-81 0
attained 1: Terminal count value attained, EF active
0: By Current Freq. Command
Initial frequency command (F) mode
 02-82 1: By Zero Freq. Command 0
after stop
2: Refer to Pr. 02-83 to set up
Initial frequency command (F)
 02-83 0.00~599.0 Hz 60.00
setting after stop

11-16
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

03 Analog Input / Output Parameters

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
 03-00 Analog input selection (AVI) 0: No function 1
 03-01 Analog input selection (ACI) 1: Frequency command 0
4: PID target value
5: PID feedback signal
6: PTC thermistor input value
11: PT100 thermistor input value
12: Auxiliary frequency input
13: PID compensation value
 03-03 Analog input bias (AVI) -100.0~100.0 % 0
 03-04 Analog input bias (ACI) -100.0~100.0 % 0
0: No bias
 03-07 Positive / negative bias mode (AVI)
1: Lower than or equal to bias
2: Greater than or equal to bias
0
3: The absolute value of the bias voltage while
 03-08 Positive / negative bias mode (ACI)
serving as the center
4: Serve bias as the center
0: Negative frequency input is not allowed. Forward
and reverse run is controlled by digital keypad or
external terminal.
Reverse setting when analog signal
 03-10 1: Negative frequency input is allowed. Positive 0
input is negative frequency
frequency = forward run; negative frequency =
reverse run. Direction can not be switched by
digital keypad or external terminal control.
 03-11 Analog input gain (AVI) -500.0~500.0 % 100.0
 03-12 Analog input gain (ACI) -500.0~500.0 % 100.0
 03-15 Analog input filter time (AVI) 0.00~20.00 sec. 0.01
 03-16 Analog input filter time (ACI) 0.00~20.00 sec. 0.01
Addition function of the analog 0: Disable (AVI, ACI)
 03-18 0
input 1: Enable (Exclude analog extension card)
0: Disable
Signal loss selection of analog 1: Continue operation at the last frequency
 03-19 0
input 4-20 mA 2: Decelerate to 0 Hz
3: Stop immediately and display ACE

11-17
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
0: Output frequency (Hz)
1: Frequency command (Hz)
2: Motor speed (Hz)
3: Output current (rms)
4: Output voltage
5: DC Bus voltage
6: Power factor
7: Power
9: AVI
10: ACI
 03-20 Multi-function output 1 (AFM) 12: Iq current command 0
13: Iq feedback value
14: Id current
15: Id feedback value
16: Vq-axis voltage command
17: Vd-axis voltage command
19: PG2 frequency command
20: CANopen analog output
21: RS-485 analog output
22: Communication card analog output
23: Constant voltage output
 03-21 Gain of analog output (AFM) 0~500.0 % 100.0
0: Absolute value of output voltage
Analog output when in REV
 03-22 1: Reverse output 0 V; Positive output 0-10 V 0
direction (AFM)
2: Reverse output 5-0 V; Positive output 5-10 V
 03-27 AFM output bias -100.00~100.00 % 0.00
0: 0-10 V
 03-28 AVI terminal input selection 0
3: -10 V ~ +10 V (Pr. 03-69 ~ 03-74 is valid)
0: 4-20 mA
 03-29 ACI terminal input selection 1: 0-10 V 0
2: 0-20 mA
Monitor the status of PLC analog output terminals

bit 1: AFM
Status of PLC analog output Read
 03-30 bit 2: AO10
terminal only
bit 3: AO11
.

0: 0-10 V output
 03-31 AFM output selection 1: 0-20 mA output 0
2: 4-20 mA output
 03-32 AFM DC output setting level 0.00~100.00 % 0.00

11-18
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
 03-35 AFM filter output time 0.00 ~ 20.00 sec. 0.01
0：Disable
 03-39 VR input selection 1
1：Frequency command
 03-40 VR input bias -100.0~100.0 % 0.0
0: No bias
1: Lower than or equal to bias
2: Greater than or equal to bias
 03-41 VR positive / negative bias 0
3: The absolute value of the bias voltage while
serving as the center
4: Serve bias as the center
 03-42 VR gain -500.0~500.0 % 100.0
 03-43 VR filter time 0~2.00 sec. 0.01
Multi-function MO output by source 0: AVI
 03-44 0
of AI level 1: ACI
 03-45 AI upper level 1 -100 % ~100.00 % 50
 03-46 AI lower level 2 -100 % ~100.00 % 10
0: Regular Curve
1: 3 point curve of AVI (& AI10)
 03-50 Analog input curve selection 2: 3 point curve of ACI (& AI11) 0
3: 3 point curve of AVI & ACI (& AI10 & ＡI11)
(AI10, AI11 is valid when extension card is installed)
03-29 = 1, 0.00~10.00 V
 03-57 ACI lowest point 4.00
03-29 ≠ 1, 0.00~20.00 mA
 03-58 ACI proportional lowest point 0.00~100.00 % 0.00
03-29 = 1, 0.00~10.00 V
 03-59 ACI mid-point 12.00
03-29 ≠ 1, 0.00~20.00 mA
 03-60 ACI proportional mid-point 0.00~100.00 % 50.00
03-29 = 1, 0.00~10.00 V
 03-61 ACI highest point 20.00
03-29 ≠ 1, 0.00~20.00 mA
 03-62 ACI proportional highest point 0.00~100.00 % 100.00
 03-63 AVI voltage lowest point 0.00~10.00 V 0.00
AVI voltage proportional lowest
 03-64 -100.00~100.00 % 0.00
point
 03-65 AVI voltage mid-point 0.00~10.00 V 5.00
 03-66 AVI voltage proportional mid-point -100.00~100.00 % 50.00
 03-67 AVI voltage highest point 0.00~10.00 V 10.00
AVI voltage proportional highest
 03-68 -100.00~100.00 % 100.00
point

11-19
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
0.00~ -10.00 V
 03-69 Negative AVI voltage lowest point 0.00
(valid when Pr. 03-28 set as -10 V ~ +10 V)
Negative AVI voltage proportional -100.00~100.00 %
 03-70 0.00
lowest point (valid when Pr. 03-28 set as -10 V ~ +10 V)
0.00~ -10.00 V
 03-71 Negative AVI voltage mid-point -5.00
(valid when Pr. 03-28 set as -10 V ~ +10 V)
Negative AVI voltage proportional -100.00~100.00 %
 03-72 -50.00
mid-point (valid when Pr. 03-28 set as -10 V ~ +10 V)
0.00~ -10.00 V
 03-73 Negative AVI voltage highest point -10.00
(valid when Pr. 03-28 set as -10 V ~ +10 V)
Negative AVI voltage proportional -100.00~100.00 %
 03-74 -100.00
highest point (valid when Pr. 03-28 set as -10 V ~ +10 V)

11-20
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

04 Multi-stage Speed Parameters

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
 04-00 1st stage speed frequency 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.00
nd
 04-01 2 stage speed frequency 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.00
 04-02 3rd stage speed frequency 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.00
th
 04-03 4 stage speed frequency 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.00
th
 04-04 5 stage speed frequency 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.00
 04-05 6th stage speed frequency 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.00
th
 04-06 7 stage speed frequency 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.00
th
 04-07 8 stage speed frequency 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.00
 04-08 9th stage speed frequency 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.00
th
 04-09 10 stage speed frequency 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.00
th
 04-10 11 stage speed frequency 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.00
 04-11 12th stage speed frequency 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.00
th
 04-12 13 stage speed frequency 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.00
th
 04-13 14 stage speed frequency 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.00
th
 04-14 15 stage speed frequency 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.00
 04-50 PLC buffer 0 0~65535 0
 04-51 PLC buffer 1 0~65535 0
 04-52 PLC buffer 2 0~65535 0
 04-53 PLC buffer 3 0~65535 0
 04-54 PLC buffer 4 0~65535 0
 04-55 PLC buffer 5 0~65535 0
 04-56 PLC buffer 6 0~65535 0
 04-57 PLC buffer 7 0~65535 0
 04-58 PLC buffer 8 0~65535 0
 04-59 PLC buffer 9 0~65535 0
 04-60 PLC buffer 10 0~65535 0
 04-61 PLC buffer 11 0~65535 0
 04-62 PLC buffer 12 0~65535 0
 04-63 PLC buffer 13 0~65535 0
 04-64 PLC buffer 14 0~65535 0
 04-65 PLC buffer 15 0~65535 0
 04-66 PLC buffer 16 0~65535 0
 04-67 PLC buffer 17 0~65535 0
 04-68 PLC buffer 18 0~65535 0
 04-69 PLC buffer 19 0~65535 0

11-21
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

05 Motor Parameters
Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
0: No function
1: Dynamic test for induction motor (IM)
05-00 Motor parameter auto tuning 2: Static test for induction motor (IM) 0
13: High frequency stall test for PM synchronous
motor
Full-load current of induction
05-01 10~120 % of drive’s rated current #.##
motor 1 (A)
Rated power of induction motor 1
 05-02 0~655.35 kW #.##
(kW)
Rated speed of induction motor 1 0~65535
 05-03 1710
(rpm) 1710 (60 Hz 4 poles); 1410 (50 Hz 4 poles)
05-04 Pole number of induction motor 1 2~20 4
No-load current of induction
05-05 0~ Pr. 05-01 factory setting #.##
motor 1 (A)
Stator resistance (Rs) of
05-06 0~65.535  #.###
induction motor 1
Rotor resistance (Rr) of induction
05-07 0~65.535  #.###
motor 1
Magnetizing inductance (Lm) of
05-08 0~6553.5 mH #.#
induction motor 1
Stator inductance (Lx) of
05-09 0~6553.5 mH #.#
induction motor 1
Full-load current of induction
05-13 10~120 % of drive’s rated current #.##
motor 2 (A)
Rated power of induction motor 2
 05-14 0~655.35 kW #.##
(kW)
Rated speed of induction motor 2 0~65535
 05-15 1710
(rpm) 1710 (60 Hz 4 poles); 1410 (50 Hz 4 poles)
05-16 Pole number of induction motor 2 2~20 4
No-load current of induction
05-17 0~ Pr. 05-13 factory setting #.##
motor 2 (A)
Stator resistance (Rs) of
05-18 0~65.535  #.###
induction motor 2
Rotor resistance (Rr) of induction
05-19 0~65.535  #.###
motor 2
Magnetizing inductance (Lm) of
05-20 0~6553.5 mH #.#
induction motor 2

11-22
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
Stator inductance (Lx) of
05-21 0~6553.5 mH #.#
induction motor 2
1: Motor 1
2: Motor 2
05-22 Multi-motors (induction) selection 1
3: Motor 3 (VF or SVC control mode only)
4: Motor 4 (VF or SVC control mode only)
Frequency for Y-connection
 05-23 /ᇞ-connection switch of induction 0.00~599.00 Hz 60.00
motor
Y-connection /ᇞ-connection 0: Disable
05-24 0
switch of induction motor 1: Enable
Delay time for Y-connection
 05-25 /ᇞ-connection switch of induction 0.000~60.000 sec. 0.200
motor
Accumulative Watt-second of
05-26 Read only #.#
motor in low word (W-sec)
Accumulative Watt-second of
05-27 Read only #.#
motor in high word (W-sec)
Accumulative Watt-hour of motor
05-28 Read only #.#
(W-Hour)
Accumulative Watt-hour of motor
05-29 Read only #.#
in low word (KW-Hour)
Accumulative Watt-hour of motor
05-30 Read only #.#
in high word (KW-Hour)
Accumulative motor operation
05-31 00~1439 0
time (Min.)
Accumulative motor operation
05-32 00~65535 0
time (Day)
Induction motor or permanent 0: Induction Motor
05-33 magnet synchronous motors 1: SPM 0
selection 2: IPM
Full-load current of permanent
05-34 0~120 % of drive’s rated current #.#
magnet synchronous motor
Rated power of permanent
05-35 0.00~655.35 kW #.#
magnet synchronous motor
Rated speed of permanent
05-36 0~65535 rpm 2000
magnet synchronous motor
Pole number of permanent
05-37 0~65535 10
magnet synchronous motor

11-23
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
Stator resistance of permanent
05-39 0.000~65.535  0.000
magnet synchronous motor
Permanent magnet synchronous
05-40 0.00~655.35 mH 0.00
motor Ld
Permanent magnet synchronous
05-41 0.00~655.35 mH 0.00
motor Lq
Ke parameter of permanent
05-43 0.0~6553.5 (Unit: V / 1000 rpm) 0
magnet synchronous motor
Full-load current of induction
05-64 10~120 % of drive’s rated current #.##
motor 3 (A)
Rated power of induction motor 3
 05-65 0~655.35 kW #.##
(kW)
Rated speed of induction motor 3 0~65535
 05-66 1710
(rpm) 1710 (60 Hz 4 poles); 1410 (50 Hz 4 poles)
05-67 Pole number of induction motor 3 2~20 4
No-load current of induction
05-68 0~ Pr. 05-64 factory setting #.##
motor 3 (A)
Stator resistance (Rs) of
05-69 0~65.535  #.###
induction motor 3
Full-load current of induction
05-70 10~120 % of drive’s rated current #.##
motor 4 (A)
Rated power of induction motor 4
 05-71 0~655.35 kW #.##
(kW)
Rated speed of induction motor 4 0~65535
 05-72 1710
(rpm) 1710 (60 Hz 4 poles); 1410 (50 Hz 4 poles)
05-73 Pole number of induction motor 4 2~20 4
No-load current of induction
05-74 0~ Pr. 05-70 factory setting #.##
motor 4 (A)
Stator resistance (Rs) of
05-75 0~65.535  #.###
induction motor 4

11-24
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

06 Protection Parameters (1)

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
110V / 230V: 150.0~220.0 Vdc 180.0
 06-00 Low voltage level
460V: 300.0~440.0 Vdc 360.0
0: Disabled
 06-01 Over-voltage stall prevention 110V / 230V: 0.0~450.0 Vdc 380.0
460V: 0.0~900.0 Vdc 760.0
Selection for over-voltage stall 0: Traditional over-voltage stall prevention
 06-02 0
prevention 1: Smart over-voltage stall prevention
Normal Load: 0~150 % (100 % corresponds to the 120
Over-current stall prevention during rated current of the drive)
 06-03
acceleration Heavy Load: 0~200 % (100 % corresponds to the 180
rated current of the drive)
Normal Load: 0~150 % (100 % corresponds to the 120
Over-current stall prevention during rated current of the drive)
 06-04
operation Heavy Load: 0~200 % (100 % corresponds to the 180
rated current of the drive)
0: By current accel. / decel. time
1: By the 1st accel. / decel. time
Accel. / Decel. time selection of stall 2: By the 2nd accel. / decel. time
 06-05 0
prevention at constant speed 3: By the 3rd accel. / decel. time
4: By the 4th accel. / decel. time
5: By auto accel. / decel.
0: No function
1: Continue operation after Over-torque detection
during constant speed operation
Over-torque detection selection 2: Stop after Over-torque detection during constant
 06-06 0
(motor 1) speed operation
3: Continue operation after Over-torque detection
during RUN
4: Stop after Over-torque detection during RUN
Over-torque detection level 110~250 % (100 % corresponds to the rated current
 06-07 120
(motor 1) of the drive)
Over-torque detection time
 06-08 0.0~60.0 sec. 0.1
(motor 1)

11-25
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
0: No function
1: Continue operation after Over-torque detection
during constant speed operation
Over-torque detection selection 2: Stop after Over-torque detection during constant
 06-09 0
(motor 2) speed operation
3: Continue operation after Over-torque detection
during RUN
4: Stop after Over-torque detection during RUN
Over-torque detection level 10~250 % (100 % corresponds to the rated current
 06-10 120
(motor 2) of the drive)
Over-torque detection time
 06-11 0.0~60.0 sec. 0.1
(motor 2)
0: Inverter motor (with external forced cooling)
Electronic thermal relay selection 1
 06-13 1: Standard motor (motor with fan on the shaft) 2
(motor 1)
2: Disabled
Electronic thermal relay action time
 06-14 30.0~600.0 sec. 60.0
1 (motor 1)
Temperature level over-heat (OH)
 06-15 0.0~110.0 oC 105.0
warning
 06-16 Stall prevention limit level 0~100 % (Pr. 06-03, Pr. 06-04) 100
06-17 Fault record 1 0: No fault record 0
06-18 Fault record 2 1: Over-current during acceleration (ocA) 0
06-19 Fault record 3 2: Over-current during deceleration (ocd) 0
06-20 Fault record 4 3: Over-current during constant speed (ocn) 0
06-21 Fault record 5 4: Ground fault (GFF) 0
06-22 Fault record 6 6: Over-current at stop (ocS) 0
Fault record 7 (14-70) 7: Over-voltage during acceleration (ovA)
Fault record 8 (14-71) 8: Over-voltage during deceleration (ovd)
Fault record 9 (14-72) 9: Over-voltage during constant speed (ovn)
Fault record 10 (14-73) 10: Over-voltage at stop (ovS)
11: Low-voltage during acceleration (LvA)
12: Low-voltage during deceleration (Lvd)
13: Low-voltage during constant speed (Lvn)
14: Low-voltage at stop (LvS)
15: Phase loss protection (OrP)
16: IGBT over-heat (oH1)
18: TH1 open: IGBT over-heat protection error
( tH1o)
21: Drive over-load (oL)
22: Electronics thermal relay protection 1 (EoL1)

11-26
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
23: Electronics thermal relay protection 2 (EoL2)
24: Motor PTC overheat (oH3)
26: Over-torque 1 (ot1)
27: Over-torque 2 (ot2)
28: Low current (uC)
31: Memory read-out error (cF2)
33: U-phase current detection error (cd1)
34: V-phase current detection error (cd2)
35: W-phase current detection error (cd3)
36: Clamp current detection error (Hd0)
37: Over-current detection error (Hd1)
40: Auto tuning error (AUE)
41: PID feedback loss (AFE)
42: PG feedback error (PGF1)
43: PG feedback loss (PGF2)
44: PG feedback stall (PGF3)
45: PG slip error (PGF4)
48: Analog current input loss (ACE)
49: External fault input (EF)
50: Emergency stop (EF1)
51: External Base Block (bb)
52: Password error (Pcod)
54: Communication error (CE1)
55: Communication error (CE2)
56: Communication error (CE3)
57: Communication error (CE4)
58: Communication Time-out (CE10)
61: Y-connection / △-connection switch error (ydc)
62: Decel. Energy Backup Error (dEb)
63: Slip error (oSL)
72: Channel 1 (S1~DCM) safety loop error (STL1)
76: Safety torque off (STo)
77: Channel 2 (S2~DCM) safety loop error (STL2)
78: Internal loop error (STL3)
79: U phase Over current before run (Aoc)
80: V phase Over current before run (boc)
81: W phase Over current before run (coc)
82: U phase output phase loss (oPL1)
83: V phase output phase loss (oPL2)
84: W phase output phase loss (oPL3)

11-27
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
87: Drive over load in low frequency (oL3)
89: Initial rotor position detection error (roPd)
101: CANopen software disconnect 1 (CGdE)
102: CANopen software disconnect 2 (CHbE)
104: CANopen hardware disconnect (CbFE)
105: CANopen index setting error (CIdE)
106: CANopen station number setting error
(CAdE)
107: CANopen memory error (CFrE)
121: Internal communication error (CP20)
123: Internal communication error (CP22)
124: Internal communication error (CP30)
126: Internal communication error (CP32)
127: Software version error (CP33)
128: Over-torque 3 (ot3)
129: Over-torque 4 (ot4)
134: Electronics thermal relay 3 protection (EoL3)
135: Electronics thermal relay 4 protection (EoL4)
140: GFF detected when power on (Hd6)
141: GFF occurs before run (b4GFF)
142: Auto tuning error 1 (DC test stage) (AUE1)
143: Auto tuning error 2 (High frequency test stage)
(AUE2)
144: Auto tuning error 3 (Rotary test stage)
(AUE3)
 06-23 Fault output option 1 0~65535 (refer to bit table for fault code) 0
 06-24 Fault output option 2 0~65535 (refer to bit table for fault code) 0
 06-25 Fault output option 3 0~65535 (refer to bit table for fault code) 0
 06-26 Fault output option 4 0~65535 (refer to bit table for fault code) 0

0: Inverter motor (with external forced cooling)

Electronic thermal relay selection 2
 06-27 1: Standard motor (motor with fan on the shaft) 2
(motor 2)
2: Disabled

Electronic thermal relay action time

 06-28 30.0~600.0 sec. 60.0
2 (motor 2)
0: Warn and keep operation
1: Warn and ramp to stop
 06-29 PTC detection selection 0
2: Warn and coast to stop
3: No warning
 06-30 PTC level 0.0 ~100.0 % 50.0

11-28
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
Frequency command for Read
06-31 0.00~599.00 Hz
malfunction only
Read
06-32 Output frequency at malfunction 0.00~599.00 Hz
only
Read
06-33 Output voltage at malfunction 0.0~6553.5 V
only
Read
06-34 DC voltage at malfunction 0.0~6553.5 V
only
Read
06-35 Output current at malfunction 0.00~655.35 Amp
only
Read
06-36 IGBT temperature at malfunction 0.0~6553.5 oC
only
Capacitance temperature at Read
06-37 0.0~6553.5 oC
malfunction only
Read
06-38 Motor speed in rpm at malfunction 0~65535 rpm
only
Status of multi-function input Read
06-40 0000h~FFFFh
terminal at malfunction only
Status of multi-function output Read
06-41 0000h~FFFFh
terminal at malfunction only
Read
06-42 Drive’s status at malfunction 0000h~FFFFh
only
0: STO Latch
 06-44 STO latch selection 0
1: STO No Latch

0: Warn and keep operation

Treatment to output phase loss 1: Warn and ramp to stop
 06-45 3
detection (OPHL) 2: Warn and coast to stop
3: No warning

 06-46 Detection time of output phase loss 0.000~65.535 sec. 0.500

Current detection level of output
 06-47 0.00~100.00 % 1.00
phase loss
 06-48 DC Brake time of output phase loss 0.000~65.535 sec. 0.000
0: Disabled
 06-49 LvX auto reset 0
1: Enabled
Treatment for the detected input 0: Warn and ramp to stop
 06-53 0
phase Loss (OrP) 1: Warn and coast to stop

11-29
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
0: Constant rated current and limit carrier wave by
load current and temperature
1: Constant carrier frequency and limit load current
 06-55 Derating protection 0
by setting carrier wave
2: Constant rated current (same as setting 0), but
close current limit
 06-56 PT100 voltage level 1 0.000~10.000 V 5.000
 06-57 PT100 voltage level 2 0.000~10.000 V 7.000
 06-58 PT100 level 1 frequency protect 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.00
Delay Time of Activating PT100
 06-59 0~6000 sec. 60
Level 1 Frequency Protection
Software detection GFF current
 06-60 0.0~6553.5 % 60.0
level
 06-61 Software detection GFF filter time 0.00~655.35 sec. 0.10
Operation time of fault record 1 Read
06-63 0~65535 days
(Day) only
Operation time of fault record 1 Read
06-64 0~1439 min.
(Min.) only
Operation time of fault record 2 Read
06-65 0~65535 days
(Day) only
Operation time of fault record 2 Read
06-66 0~1439 min.
(Min.) only
Operation time of fault record 3 Read
06-67 0~65535 days
(Day) only
Operation time of fault record 3 Read
06-68 0~1439 min.
(Min.) only
Operation time of fault record 4 Read
06-69 0~65535 days
(Day) only
Operation time of fault record 4 Read
06-70 0~1439 min.
(Min.) only
 06-71 Low current setting level 0.0 ~ 100.0 % 0.0
 06-72 Low current detection time 0.00 ~ 360.00 sec. 0.00
0 : No function
1 : Warn and coast to stop
 06-73 Treatment for low current 0
2 : Warn and ramp to stop by 2nd deceleration time
3 : Warn and operation continue
Operation time of fault record 5 Read
06-90 0~65535 days
(Day) only
Operation time of fault record 5 Read
06-91 0~1439 min.
(Min.) only

11-30
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
Operation time of fault record 6 Read
06-92 0~65535 days
(Day) only
Operation time of fault record 6 Read
06-93 0~1439 min.
(Min.) only

11-31
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

07 Special Parameters
Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
110 V / 230 V: 350.0~450.0 Vdc 370.0
 07-00 Software brake level
460 V: 700.0~900.0 Vdc 740.0
 07-01 DC brake current level 0~100 % 0
 07-02 DC brake time at startup 0.0~60.0 sec. 0.0
 07-03 DC brake time at stop 0.0~60.0 sec. 0.0
 07-04 DC brake start frequency 0.00~599.00 Hz 0.00
 07-05 Voltage increasing gain 1~200 % 100

0: Stop operation
Restart after momentary power
 07-06 1: Speed tracking by the speed before the power loss 0
loss
2: Speed tracking by minimum output frequency
 07-07 Allowed power loss duration 0.0~20.0 sec. 2.0
 07-08 Base block time 0.1~5.0 sec. 0.5
 07-09 Current limit of speed tracking 20~200 % 100
0: Stop operation
 07-10 Treatment of restart after fault 1: Speed tracking by current speed 0
2: Speed tracking by minimum output frequency
 07-11 Restart times after fault 0~10 0

0: Disabled
1: Speed tracking by maximum output frequency
 07-12 Speed tracking during start-up 0
2: Speed tracking by motor frequency at start
3: Speed tracking by minimum output frequency

0: Disabled
1: dEb with auto accel. / decal., the frequency will not
 07-13 dEb function selection return after power recovery 0
2: dEb with auto accel. / decal., the frequency will
return after power recovery
 07-15 Dwell time at accel. 0.00 ~ 600.00 sec. 0.00
 07-16 Dwell frequency at accel. 0.00 ~ 599.00 Hz 0.00
 07-17 Dwell time at decel. 0.00 ~ 600.00 sec. 0.00
 07-18 Dwell frequency at decel. 0.00 ~ 599.00 Hz 0.00

0: Fan always ON
1: Fan will be OFF after the AC motor drive stops 1
minute
 07-19 Fan cooling control 2: When the AC motor drive runs, the fan is ON. When 3
the AC motor drive stops, the fan is OFF
3: Fan turns ON when the temperature attain around
60 oC

11-32
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
0: Coast to stop
1: Stop by 1st deceleration time
2: Stop by 2nd deceleration time
Deceleration of emergency or
 07-20 3: Stop by 3rd deceleration time 0
forced stop th
4: Stop by 4 deceleration time
5: System Deceleration
6: Automatic Deceleration

0: Disabled
 07-21 Auto energy-saving setting 0
1: Enabled

 07-22 Energy-saving gain 10~1000 % 100

0: Enable AVR
Auto voltage regulation (AVR)
 07-23 1: Disable AVR 0
function
2: Disable AVR during deceleration

Filter time of torque

 07-24 compensation 0.001~10.000 sec. 0.050
(V/F and SVC control mode)
Filter time of slip compensation
 07-25 0.001~10.000 sec. 0.100
(V/F and SVC control mode)
IM: 0~10 (when Pr. 05-33 = 0)
 07-26 Torque compensation gain 1
PM: 0~5000 (when Pr. 05-33 = 1 or 2)
Slip compensation gain
 07-27 0.00~10.00 (Default value is 1 in SVC mode) 0.00
(V/F and SVC control mode)

0.0~100.0 %
 07-29 Slip deviation level 0
0: No detection

 07-30 Detection time of slip deviation 0.0~10.0 sec. 1.0

0: Warn and keep operation
1: Warn and ramp to stop
 07-31 Treatment of slip deviation 0
2: Warn and coast to stop
3: No warning

Motor shock compensation

 07-32 0~10000 1000
factor
 07-33 Return time of fault restart 0.0~6000.0 sec. 60.0
07-46 OOB sampling time 0.1 ~ 120.0 sec. 1.0
07-47 Number of OOB sampling times 00 ~ 32 20
07-48 OOB average sampling angle Read Only #.#
 07-62 dEb gain 0~65535 8000
Torque compensation gain IM: 0~10 (when Pr. 05-33 = 0)
 07-71 1
(motor 2) PM: 0~5000 (when Pr. 05-33 = 1 or 2)

11-33
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
Slip compensation gain 0.00~10.00
 07-72 0.00
(motor 2) (Default value is 1 in SVC mode)
Torque compensation gain IM: 0~10 (when Pr. 05-33 = 0)
 07-73 1
(motor 3) PM: 0~5000 (when Pr. 05-33 = 1 or 2)
Slip compensation gain
 07-74 0.00~10.00 (Default value is 1 in SVC mode) 0.00
(motor 3)
Torque compensation gain IM: 0~10 (when Pr. 05-33 = 0)
 07-75 1
(motor 4) PM: 0~5000 (when Pr. 05-33 = 1 or 2)
Slip compensation gain
 07-76 0.00~10.00 (Default value is 1 in SVC mode) 0.00
(motor 4)

11-34
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

08 High-function PID Parameters

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
0: No function
1: Negative PID feedback: by analog input (Pr. 03-00)
2: Negative PID feedback: by PG card pulse input,
without direction (Pr. 10-16)
Terminal selection of PID
 08-00 4: Positive PID feedback: by analog input (Pr. 03-00) 0
feedback
5: Positive PID feedback: by PG card pulse input,
without direction (Pr. 10-16)
7: Negative PID feedback: by communication protocol
8: Positive PID feedback: by communication protocol
 08-01 Proportional gain (P) 0.0~500.0 1.0
 08-02 Integral time (I) 0.00~100.00 sec. 1.00
 08-03 Derivative time (D) 0.00~1.00 sec. 0.00
Upper limit of integral
 08-04 0.0~100.0 % 100.0
control
PID output command limit
 08-05 0.0~110.0 % 100.0
(positive limit)
PID feedback value by
 08-06 -200.00~200.00 % 0.00
communication protocol
 08-07 PID delay time 0.0~2.5 sec. 0.0
Feedback signal detection
 08-08 0.0~3600.0 sec. 0.0
time
0: Warn and keep operation
Feedback signal fault 1: Warn and ramp to stop
 08-09 0
treatment 2: Warn and coast to stop
3: Warn and operate at last frequency

 08-10 Sleep frequency 0.00 ~ 599.00 Hz 0.00

 08-11 Wake-up frequency 0.00 ~ 599.00 Hz 0.00
 08-12 Sleep time 0.0 ~ 6000.0 sec. 0.0
 08-13 PID deviation level 1.0 ~ 50.0 % 10.0
 08-14 PID deviation time 0.1~300.0 sec. 5.0
 08-15 Filter time for PID feedback 0.1~300.0 sec. 5.0

0: Parameter setting
 08-16 PID compensation selection 0
1: Analog input
 08-17 PID compensation -100.0 ~ +100.0 % 0
Setting of sleep mode 0: Refer to PID output command
08-18 0
function 1: Refer to PID feedback signal
 08-19 Wakeup integral limit 0.0~200.0 % 50.0

11-35
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
0: Serial connection
08-20 PID mode selection 0
1: Parallel connection
Enable PID to change 0: Operation direction can be changed
08-21 0
operation direction 1: Operation direction can not be changed
 08-22 Wakeup delay time 0.00~600.00 sec. 0.00
bit 0 = 1, PID reverse running must follow the setting of
Pr. 00-23.
bit 0 = 0, PID reverse running refers to PID’s calculated
 08-23 PID control flag 2
value.
bit 1 = 1, PID Kp gain is 2 decimal place
bit 1 = 0, PID Kp gain is 1 decimal place
PID output command limit
 08-26 0.0~110.0 % 100.0
(reverse limit)
Acceleration / deceleration
 08-27 0.00~655.35 sec. 0.00
time of PID command
0: PID control output 100.00 % corresponding to max.
Selection of frequency base
output frequency (Pr. 01-00)
08-29 corresponding to 100.00 % 0
1: PID control output 100.00 % corresponding to the
PID
input value of auxiliary frequency

11-36
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

09 Communication Parameters
Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
 09-00 Communication address 1~254 1
 09-01 COM1 transmission speed 4.8~115.2 Kbps 9.6

0: Warn and continue operation

1: Warn and ramp to stop
 09-02 COM1 transmission fault treatment 3
2: Warn and coast to stop
3: No warning and continue operation

 09-03 COM1 time-out detection 0.0~100.0 sec. 0.0

1: 7N2 (ASCII)
2: 7E1 (ASCII)
3: 7O1 (ASCII)
4: 7E2 (ASCII)
5: 7O2 (ASCII)
6: 8N1 (ASCII)
7: 8N2 (ASCII)
8: 8E1 (ASCII)
 09-04 COM1 communication protocol 9: 8O1 (ASCII) 1
10: 8E2 (ASCII)
11: 8O2 (ASCII)
12: 8N1 (RTU)
13: 8N2 (RTU)
14: 8E1 (RTU)
15: 8O1 (RTU)
16: 8E2 (RTU)
17: 8O2 (RTU)
Delay time of communication
 09-09 0.0~200.0 ms 2.0
response
Main frequency of the
09-10 0.00~599.00 Hz 60.00
communication
 09-11 Block transfer 1 0~65535 0
 09-12 Block transfer 2 0~65535 0
 09-13 Block transfer 3 0~65535 0
 09-14 Block transfer 4 0~65535 0
 09-15 Block transfer 5 0~65535 0
 09-16 Block transfer 6 0~65535 0
 09-17 Block transfer 7 0~65535 0
 09-18 Block transfer 8 0~65535 0
 09-19 Block transfer 9 0~65535 0
 09-20 Block transfer 10 0~65535 0

11-37
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
 09-21 Block transfer 11 0~65535 0
 09-22 Block transfer 12 0~65535 0
 09-23 Block transfer 13 0~65535 0
 09-24 Block transfer 14 0~65535 0
 09-25 Block transfer 15 0~65535 0
 09-26 Block transfer 16 0~65535 0
0: Decoding Method 1
09-30 Communication decoding method 1
1: Decoding Method 2
 09-33 PLC command force to 0 0~65535 0
09-35 PLC address 1~254 2

0: Disable
09-36 CANopen slave address 0
1~127
0: 1 Mbps
1: 500 Kbps
2: 250 Kbps
09-37 CANopen speed 0
3: 125 Kbps
4: 100 Kbps (Delta only)
5: 50 Kbps
bit 0: CANopen software disconnection 1 (CANopen
Guarding Time out)
bit 1: CANopen software disconnection 2 (CANopen
Heartbeat Time out)
09-39 CANopen warning record bit 3: CANopen SDO Time out 0
bit 4: CANopen SDO buffer overflow
bit 5: CANopen hardware disconnection warning
(Can Bus Off)
bit 6: Error protocol of CANopen
0: Delta defined decoding method
09-40 CANopen decoding method 1
1: CANopen Standard DS402 protocol
0: Node reset state
1: Com reset state
2: Boot up state Read
09-41 CANopen communication status
3: Pre operation state Only
4: Operation state
5: Stop state

11-38
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
0: Not ready for use state
1: Inhibit start state
2: Ready to switch on state
3: Switched on state Read
09-42 CANopen control status
4: Enable operation state Only
7: Quick Stop Active state
13: Error reaction activation state
14: Error state
bit 0: CANopen reset, the internal address 20XX is 0
bit 1: CANopen reset, the internal address 264X is 0
09-43 CANopen reset index 65535
bit 2: CANopen reset, the internal address 26AX is 0
bit 3: CANopen reset, the internal address 60XX is 0
0: No communication card
1: DeviceNet slave
2: Profibus-DP slave
Identifications for communication
09-60 3: CANopen slave ##
card
4: Modbus-TCP slave
5: EtherNet/IP slave
10: Backup power supply
Firmware version of communication
09-61 Read only ##
card
09-62 Product code Read only ##
09-63 Error code Read only ##

DeviceNet: 0-63
 09-70 Address of communication card 1
Profibus-DP: 1-125

 Standard DeviceNet:
0: 125 Kbps
1: 250 Kbps
2: 500 Kbps
3: 1 Mbps (Delta Only)
 Non-standard DeviceNet: (Delta Only)
0: 10 Kbps
 09-71 Setting of DeviceNet speed 1: 20 Kbps 2
2: 50 Kbps
3: 100 Kbps
4: 125 Kbps
5: 250 Kbps
6: 500 Kbps
7: 800 Kbps
8: 1 Mbps

11-39
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
0: Disable
In this mode, baud rate can only be 125 Kbps,
250 Kbps, 500 Kbps, 1 Mbps in standard
 09-72 Other setting of DeviceNet speed DeviceNet speed 0
1: Enable
In this mode, the baud rate of DeviceNet can be
same as CANopen (0-8).
IP Configuration of the 0: Static IP
 09-75 0
communication card 1: Dynamic IP (DHCP)
IP address 1 of the communication
 09-76 0~255 0
card
IP address 2 of the communication
 09-77 0~255 0
card
IP address 3 of the communication
 09-78 0~255 0
card
IP address 4 of the communication
 09-79 0~255 0
card
Address mask 1 of the
 09-80 0~255 0
communication card
Address mask 2 of the
 09-81 0~255 0
communication card
Address mask 3 of the
 09-82 0~255 0
communication card
Address mask 4 of the
 09-83 0~255 0
communication card
Getway address 1 of the
 09-84 0~255 0
communication card
Getway address 2 of the
 09-85 0~255 0
communication card
Getway address 3 of the
 09-86 0~255 0
communication card
Getway address 4 of the
 09-87 0~255 0
communication card
Password for communication card
 09-88 0~99 0
(low word)
Password for communication card
 09-89 0~99 0
(high word)
0: No function
 09-90 Reset communication card 0
1: Reset, return to factory setting

11-40
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
bit 0: Enable IP filter
bit 1: Internet parameters enable (1 bit)
When IP address is set up, this bit will be
enabled. After updating the parameters of
communication card, this bit will change to
Additional setting for
 09-91 disable. 0
communication card
bit 2: Login password enable (1 bit)
When enter login password, this bit will be
enabled. After updating the parameters of
communication card, this bit will change to
disable.
bit 0: Password enable
When the communication card is set with
09-92 Status of communication card 0
password, this bit will be enabled. When the
password is clear, this bit will be disabled.

11-41
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

10 Speed Feedback Control Parameters

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
0: Disabled
10-00 Encoder type selection 0
5: Pulse input (MI7)
10-01 Encoder pulse per round 1~20000 600
0: Disabled
10-02 Encoder input type setting 0
5: Single-phase input (MI7)
 10-04 Electrical gear at load side A1 1~65535 100
 10-05 Electrical gear at motor side B1 1~65535 100
 10-06 Electrical gear at load side A2 1~65535 100
 10-07 Electrical gear at motor side B2 1~65535 100
0: Warn and keep operation
Treatment for Encoder
 10-08 1: Warn and ramp to stop 2
feedback fault
2: Warn and coast to stop
Detection time of Encoder 0.0~10.0 sec.
 10-09 1.0
feedback fault 0: No function
 10-10 Encoder stall level 0~120 % (0: No function) 115
 10-11 Detection time of Encoder stall 0.0 ~ 2.0 sec. 0.1
0: Warn and keep operation
 10-12 Treatment for Encoder stall 1: Warn and ramp to stop 2
2: Warn and coast to stop
 10-13 Encoder slip range 0~50 % (0: No function) 50
 10-14 Detection time of Encoder slip 0.0~10.0 sec. 0.5
0: Warn and keep operation
Treatment for Encoder stall and
 10-15 1: Warn and ramp to stop 2
slip error
2: Warn and coast to stop
0: Disabled
 10-16 Pulse input type setting 0
5: Single-phase input (MI7)
 10-17 Electrical gear A 1~65535 100
 10-18 Electrical gear B 1~65535 100
PG2 pulse input speed
 10-21 0~65.535 sec. 0.100
command filter time
PG2 pulse input speed 0: Electronic frequency
10-22 0
command mode 1: Mechanical frequency (base on pole pair)
 10-29 Top limit of frequency deviation 0.00~100.00 Hz 20.00
 10-31 I/F mode, current command 0~150 % Rated current of motor 40
PM FOC sensorless speed
 10-32 0.00~600.00 Hz 5.00
estimator bandwidth
PM sensorless speed estimator
 10-34 0.00~655.35 1.00
low-pass filter gain

11-42
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
Frequency point when switch
 10-39 from I/F mode to PM sensorless 0.00~599.00 Hz 20.00
mode.
Frequency when switch from
 10-40 PM sensorless observer mode 0.00~599.00 Hz 20.00
to V/F mode.
Initial angle detection pulse
 10-42 0.0~3.0 1.0
value
 10-49 Zero voltage time while start up 00.000~60.000 sec. 00.000
 10-51 Injection frequency 0~1200 Hz 500
15.0/
 10-52 Injection magnitude 0.0~200.0 V
30.0
0: Disabled
1: Internal 1/4 rated current attracting the rotor to
 10-53 Position detection method zero degrees 0
2: High frequency injection
3: Pulse injection

11-43
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

11 Advanced Parameters
Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
bit 3: Dead Time compensation closed
11-00 System control 0
bit 7: Selection to save or not save the frequency
 11-06 ASR 1 gain 0~40 Hz (IM) / 1~100 Hz (PM) 10
 11-07 ASR 1 integral time 0.000~10.000 sec. 0.100
0: 2-phase
11-41 PWM mode selection 2
2: Space vector
 11-42 System control flag 0000~FFFFh 0000

11-44
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

13 Macro / User Define Macro

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
00: Disabled
01: User Parameter
02: Compressor
03: Fan
13-00 Application selection 04: Pump 00
05: Conveyor
06: Machine tool
07: Packing
08: Textiles
13-01 Application parameters
∫
13-50 (user defined)

11-45
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

14 Protection Parameters (2)

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
Read
14-50 Output frequency at malfunction 2 0.00~599.00 Hz
only
Read
14-51 DC voltage at malfunction 2 0.0~6553.5 V
only
Read
14-52 Output current at malfunction 2 0.00~655.35 Amp
only
Read
14-53 IGBT temperature at malfunction 2 -3276.7~3276.7 oC
only
Read
14-54 Output frequency at malfunction 3 0.00~599.00 Hz
only
Read
14-55 DC voltage at malfunction 3 0.0~6553.5 V
only
Read
14-56 Output current at malfunction 3 0.00~655.35 Amp
only
Read
14-57 IGBT temperature at malfunction 3 -3276.7~3276.7 oC
only
Read
14-58 Output frequency at malfunction 4 0.00~599.00 Hz
only
Read
14-59 DC voltage at malfunction 4 0.0~6553.5 V
only
Read
14-60 Output current at malfunction 4 0.00~655.35 Amp
only
Read
14-61 IGBT temperature at malfunction 4 -3276.7~3276.7 oC
only
Read
14-62 Output frequency at malfunction 5 0.00~599.00 Hz
only
Read
14-63 DC voltage at malfunction 5 0.0~6553.5 V
only
Read
14-64 Output current at malfunction 5 0.00~655.35 Amp
only
Read
14-65 IGBT temperature at malfunction 5 -3276.7~3276.7 oC
only
Read
14-66 Output frequency at malfunction 6 0.00~599.00 Hz
only
Read
14-67 DC voltage at malfunction 6 0.0~6553.5 V
only
Read
14-68 Output current at malfunction 6 0.00~655.35 Amp
only

11-46
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

Factory
Pr. Explanation Settings
Setting
Read
14-69 IGBT temperature at malfunction 6 -3276.7~3276.7 oC
only
14-70 Fault record 7 Refer to fault record Pr. 6-17~06-22 0
14-71 Fault record 8 Refer to fault record Pr. 6-17~06-22 0
14-72 Fault record 9 Refer to fault record Pr. 6-17~06-22 0
14-73 Fault record 10 Refer to fault record Pr. 6-17~06-22 0
0: No function
1: Continue operation after Over-torque detection
during constant speed operation
Over-torque detection selection 2: Stop after Over-torque detection during constant
 14-74 0
(motor 3) speed operation
3: Continue operation after Over-torque detection
during RUN
4: Stop after Over-torque detection during RUN
10~250 % (100 % corresponds to the rated current
 14-75 Over-torque detection level (motor 3) 120
of the drive)
 14-76 Over-torque detection time (motor 3) 0.0~60.0 sec. 0.1
0: No function
1: Continue operation after Over-torque detection
during constant speed operation
Over-torque detection selection 2: Stop after Over-torque detection during constant
 14-77 0
(motor) speed operation
3: Continue operation after Over-torque detection
during RUN
4: Stop after Over-torque detection during RUN
10~250 % (100 % corresponds to the rated current
 14-78 Over-torque detection level (motor 4) 120
of the drive)
 14-79 Over-torque detection time (motor 4) 0.0~60.0 sec. 0.1
0: Inverter motor (with external forced cooling)
Electronic thermal relay selection 3
 14-80 1: Standard motor (motor with fan on the shaft) 2
(motor 3)
2: Disabled
Electronic thermal relay action time 3
 14-81 30.0~600.0 sec. 60.0
(motor 3)
0: Inverter motor (with external forced cooling)
Electronic thermal relay selection 4
 14-82 1: Standard motor (motor with fan on the shaft) 2
(motor 4)
2: Disabled
Electronic thermal relay action time 4
 14-83 30.0~600.0 sec. 60.0
(motor 4)

11-47
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 11 Summary of Parameter SettingsMS300

[This page intentionally left blank]

11-48
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Chapter 12 Description of Parameter Settings

12-1 Description of parameter settings

00 Drive Parameters  This parameter can be set during operation.

Identity Code of the AC Motor Drive

Factory Setting: #.#
Settings Read Only

Display AC Motor Drive Rated Current

Factory Setting: #.#
Settings Read Only
 Pr. 00-00 displays the identity code of the AC motor drive. Using the following table to check if
Pr. 00-01 setting is the rated current of the AC motor drive. Pr. 00-01 corresponds to the identity
code of Pr. 00-00.
 The factory setting is the rated current for normal duty. Please set Pr. 00-16 to 1 to display the
rated current for the heavy duty.
Series 115V Series – 1-Phase 230V Series – 1-Phase
Frame A B C A/B B C
kW 0.2 0.4 0.75 0.2 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2
HP 0.25 0.5 1 0.25 0.5 1 2 3
Identity Code 102 103 104 302 303 304 305 306
Rated Current
1.6 2.5 4.8 1.6 2.8 4.8 7.5 11
for Heavy Duty
Rated Current
1.8 2.7 5.5 1.8 3.2 5 8.5 12.5
for Normal Duty

230V Series – 3-Phase

Frame A B C D E F
kW 0.2 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15
HP 0.25 0.5 1 2 3 5 7.5 10 15 20
Identity Code 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211
Rated Current
1.6 2.8 4.8 7.5 11 17 25 33 49 65
for Heavy Duty
Rated Current
1.8 3.2 5 8 12.5 19.5 27 36 51 69
for Normal Duty

460V Series – 3-Phase

Frame A/B B C D E F
kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22
HP 0.5 1 2 3 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30
Identity Code 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413
Rated Current
1.5 2.7 4.2 5.5 9 13 17 25 32 38 45
for Heavy Duty
Rated Current
1.8 3 4.6 6.5 10.5 15.7 20.5 28 36 41.5 49
for Normal Duty

12-00-1
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Parameter Reset
Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: No Function
1: Parameter write protect
5: Reset KWH display to 0
6: Reset PLC
7: Reset CANopen index (Slave)
8: Keypad doesn't respond
9: All parameters are reset to factory settings (base frequency is 50 Hz)
10: All parameters are reset to factory settings (base frequency is 60Hz)
11: All parameters are reset to factory settings (base frequency is 50 Hz)
(saving the setting value of user defined parameter 13-01~13-50)
12: All parameters are reset to factory settings (base frequency is 60 Hz)
(saving the setting value of user defined parameter 13-01~13-50)
 When it is set to 1: all parameters are read only except Pr. 00-02, 00-07, and 00-08. It needs to
set Pr. 00-02 to 0 before changing other parameter settings.
 When it is set to 5: kWh display value can be reset to 0 even when the drive is operating.
Pr. 05-26, 05-27, 05-28, 05-29, 05-30 reset to 0.
 When it is set to 6: clear internal PLC program (includes the related settings of PLC internal
CANopen master)
 When it is set to 7: reset the related settings of CANopen slave.
 When it is set to 9 or 10: all parameters are reset to factory settings. If password is set in
Pr. 00-08, input the password set in Pr.00-07 to reset to factory settings.
 When it is set to 6, 9, 10: please re-power the motor drive after setting.

 Start-up Display Selection

Factory setting: 0
0: F (frequency command)
1: H (output frequency)
Settings
2: U (user defined) Pr. 00-04
3: A (output current)
 This parameter determines the start-up display page. User defined choice display according to
the setting in Pr. 00-04.

 Content of Multi-function Display (User Defined)

Factory setting: 3
Settings 0: Display output current (A) (Unit: Amps)
1: Display counter value (c) (Unit: CNT)
2: Display actual output frequency (H.) (Unit: Hz)
3: Display DC-BUS voltage (v) (Unit: Vdc)
4: Display output voltage of U, V, W (E) (Unit: Vac)
5: Display output power angle of U, V, W (n) (Unit: deg)

12-00-2
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

6: Display output power of U, V, W (P) (Unit: kW)

7: Display actual motor speed rpm (r) (Unit: rpm)
10: Display PID feedback (b) (Unit: %)
11: Display signal value of AVI analog input terminal (1.) (Unit: %)
12: Display signal value of ACI analog input terminal (2.) (Unit: %)
14: Display the temperature of IGBT (i.) (Unit: oC)
16: The status of digital input (ON / OFF) (i)
17: The status of digital output (ON / OFF) (o)
18: Display the multi-stage speed that is executing (S)
19: The corresponding CPU pin status of digital input (d)
20: The corresponding CPU pin status of digital output (0.)
22: Pulse input frequency (S.)
23: Pulse input position (q.)
25: Overload counting (0.00~100.00 %) (o.) (Unit: %)
26: GFF Ground Fault (G.) (Unit: %)
27: DC Bus voltage ripple (r.) (Unit: Vdc)
28: Display PLC register D1043 data (C)
30: Display output of user defined (U)
31: Pr. 00-05 display user gain (K)
35: Control mode display: 0= Speed control mode (SPD)
36: Present operating carrier frequency of drive (Hz) (J.)
38: Display status of drive (6.)
41: KWH display (J) (Unit: kWh)
42: PID target value (h.) (Unit: %)
43: PID offset (o.) (Unit: %)
44: PID output frequency (b.) (Unit: Hz)
46: Display auxiliary frequency value (U.) (Unit: Hz)
47: Display master frequency value (A.) (Unit: Hz)
48: Display frequency value after addition and subtraction of auxiliary and
master frequency (L.) (Unit: Hz)
NOTE

1. ● When Pr. 10-01 is set to 1000 and Pr. 10-02 is set to 1, 2, the display range for PG feedback will
be from 0 to 4000.
● When Pr. 10-01 is set to 1000 and Pr. 10-02 is set to 3, 4, 5, the display range for PG feedback will
be from 0 to 1000.
2. ● It can display negative values when setting analog input bias (Pr. 03-03 ~ 03-10).
Example: assume that AVI input voltage is 0 V, Pr. 03-03 is 10.0 % and Pr. 03-07 is 4 (Serve bias
as the center).
3. Example: If MI1 and MI6 are ON, the following table shows the status of the terminals.
N.O. normally opened contact: (0: OFF, 1: ON)
Terminal MI7 MI6 MI5 MI4 MI3 MI2 MI1
Status 0 1 0 0 0 0 1

12-00-3
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

● The value is 0000 0000 0010 0001 in binary and 0021H in HEX. When Pr. 00-04 is set to “16” or
“19”, it will display“0021h”with LED u page is ON in the keypad.
● The setting 16 is the ON / OFF status of digital input by Pr. 02-12 setting and the setting 19 is the
corresponding CPU pin ON / OFF status of digital input.
● When MI1 / MI2 default setting is two-wire/ three-wire operation control (2-00 ≠ 0), and MI3 set
as three-wire, it will not affected by Pr. 02-12.
● User can set 16 to monitor digital input status and then set 19 to check if the wire is normal.

4. Example: Assume that RY: Pr. 02-13 is set to 9 (Drive is ready). After the drive powered on, if there is
no other abnormal status, the contact will be ON. The display status will be shown as follows.
N.O. normally opened contact:
Terminal MO2 MO1 RY1
Status 0 0 1

● At the meanwhile, if Pr. 00-04 is set to 17 or 20, it will display in hexadecimal “0001h” with LED
u page is ON in the keypad.
● The setting 17 is the ON / OFF status of digital output by Pr. 02-18 setting and the setting 20 is
the corresponding CPU pin ON / OFF status of digital output.
● User can set 17 to monitor the digital output status and then set 20 to check if the wire is normal.
5. ● Set value 8: 100 % means the motor rated torque.
Motor rated torque = (motor rated power x 60 / 2π) / motor rated rotating speed.
6. ● Set value 25: when display value reaches 100.00 %, the drive will show “oL” as an overload
warning.
7. ● Set value 38:
bit 0: The drive is running forward.
bit 1: The drive is running backward.
bit 2: The drive is ready.
bit 3: Errors occurred on the drive.
bit 4: The drive is running.
bit 5: Warnings occurred on the drive.

 Coefficient Gain in Actual Output Frequency

Factory Setting: 1.00
Settings 0~160.00
 This parameter is to set user defined unit coefficient gain. Set Pr. 00-04 = 31 to display the
calculation result on the screen (calculation = output frequency * Pr. 00-05).

Software Version
Factory Setting: #.#
Settings Read only
 Parameter Protection Password Input
Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0～65535
Display 0~3 (the times of password attempts)

12-00-4
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 This parameter allows user to enter their password (which is set in Pr. 00-08) to unlock the
parameter protection and to make changes to the parameter.
 To avoid future inconvenience, be sure to write down the set value after setting this parameter.
 Pr. 00-07 and Pr. 00-08 are used to prevent personnel set other parameters mistakenly.
 When the user forget the password, clear the setting by input 9999 and press ENTER key, then
input 9999 again and press ENTER within 10 seconds. After decoding, all the settings will return
to factory setting.
 When setting the password, all the parameters are read 0, except Pr. 00-08.

 Parameter Protection Password Setting

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0～65535
0: No password protection or password is entered correctly (Pr. 00-07)
1: Password has been set
 This parameter is for setting the password protection. Password can be set directly at first time.
The value of Pr. 00-08 will become 1 after setting, which means password protection is activated.
When the password is set, if any parameter setting needs to be changed, be sure to enter correct
password in Pr. 00-07, and then the password will be inactivated temporarily with Pr. 00-08
changing to 0. At this time, parameters setting can be changed. After setting, re-power the motor
drive, and the password will be activated again.
 To cancel the password protection, after entering correct password in Pr. 00-07, Pr. 00-08 also
needs to be set as 0 again to inactive password protection permanently. If not, password
protection will be active after motor drive re-power.
 The keypad copy function will work normally only when the password protection is inactivated
temporarily or permanently, and the password set in Pr. 00-08 will not be copied to keypad. So
when copying parameters from keypad to motor drive, the password need to be set manually
again in the motor drive to active password protection.

12-00-5
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Control Mode
Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Speed mode
 This parameter determines the control mode of the AC motor drive.

Control of Speed Mode

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: V/F (IM V/F control)
1: VFPG (IM V/F control + Encoder)
2: SVC (Pr. 05-33 set as IM or PM)
 This parameter determines the control mode of the AC motor drive:
0: IM V/F control: user can design proportion of V/F as required and control multiple motors
simultaneously.
1: IM V/F control + Encoder pulse input: user can use encoder for the closed-loop speed
control.
2: IM sensorless vector control: get the optimal control by the auto-tuning of motor parameters.
 When Pr. 00-10 = 0 and set Pr. 00-11 to 0, the V/F control diagram is shown as follows:
DC BUS
DC B US Vo l ta g e
Vo l ta g e
P r o te cti o n
De te cti o n

Cu r r e n t De te cti o n
Fcmd
P r. 0 0 - 2 0 +
V /F X AV R IG B T M
ta b l e 07-23 P WM
+
01-00,01-01 01-00
Accel. / Decel. time 01-02,01-03 01-01
01-04,01-05 01-02
01-06,01-07 05-01
01-08 05-02
05-03
05-04

Torque
LPF Compensation Ir ms
Co mp e n sa ti o n
vo l ta g e
07-24 07-26
 When Pr. 00-10 = 0 and set Pr. 00-11 to 1, the V/F control + encoder diagram is shown as
follows:
Curr ent
Fc md Detection
Freq uenc y Voltage
Pr.00-20 Error V/F C om mand + AVR IGBT
X M
table 07-23 PWM
+

Voltage
Compensation
Encoder

Value Power
LPF Torque F actor
c ompens ation Irm s
07-24

07-26

LPF Actual
07-25 rotating speed

12-00-6
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 When Pr. 00-10 = 0 and set Pr. 00-11 to 2, the sensorless vector control diagram is shown as follows:

DC BUS
DC BUS Volt age
Voltage
Det ect ion Protect ion

Current Detection
Fc md
Pr.00-20 +
V/ F AVR IGBT M
table 07-23 PWM
+
01-00, 01-01 01- 00
Ac cel. / D ecel. ti me 01-02 01- 01
01- 02
05- 01
05- 02
05- 03
05- 04

LPF Sli p Irms

07-25 Compensat ion
Slip compensation amount
07-27

Load Selection
Factory Setting: 1
Settings 0: Normal load
1: Heavy load
 Normal duty: over load rated output current 150 % in 3 seconds. (120 %, 1 minutes) Please refer
to Pr. 00-17 for the setting of carrier. Refer to Pr. 00-01 or specification table for the rated current.
 Heavy duty: over load rated output current 200 % in 3 seconds. (150 %,1 minutes) Please refer to
Pr. 00-17 for the setting of carrier wave. Refer to Pr. 00-01 or specification table for the rated
current.
 When the set value of Pr. 00-16 changes, Pr. 00-01 will follow the change, the default value and
maximum of Pr. 06-03, 06-04 will change according to its change.
 In Normal Duty, the default setting of Pr. 06-03 and Pr. 06-04 is 160 %, maximum is 180 %.
However, if DC voltage is higher than 700 Vdc (460V series) or 350V (230V series), then the
maximum will be 145 %.
 In Heavy Duty, the default setting of Pr. 06-03 and Pr. 06-04 is 180 %, maximum is 200 %.
However, if DC voltage is higher than 700 Vdc (460V series) or 350V (230V series), then the
maximum will be 165 %

Carrier Frequency
Factory Setting: 4 / 4
Settings Normal load: 2~15 KHz
Heavy load: 2~15 KHz
 This parameter determinates the PWM carrier frequency of the AC motor drive.

12-00-7
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Series 230V 460V

1~15HP 20~30HP 1~20HP 25~40HP
Models
[0.75~11kW] [15~37kW] [0.75~15kW] [18.5~55kW]
Settings Range 02~15kHz 02~10kHz 02~15kHz 02~10kHz
Normal Duty
4 kHz
Factory Setting
Heavy Duty
4 kHz
Factory Setting

Carrier Electromagnetic Heat Current

Acoustic Noise or Leakage
Frequency Noise Dissipation Wave
Current
2 kHz Significant Minimal Minimal

8 kHz
15 kHz
Minimal Significant Significant

 From the table, we see that the PWM carrier frequency has a significant influence on the
electromagnetic noise, AC motor drive heat dissipation, and motor acoustic noise. Therefore, if
the surrounding noise is greater than the motor noise, lower the carrier frequency is good to
reduce the temperature rise. Although it is quiet operation in the higher carrier frequency, the
entire wiring and prevention of interference should be considered.
 When the carrier frequency is higher than the factory setting, must decreasing the carrier
frequency to protect the drive. Refer to Pr. 06-55 for the related setting and details.

PLC Command Mask

Factory Setting: Read Only
Settings bit 0: Control command forced by PLC control
bit 1: Frequency command forced by PLC control
 This parameter determines if frequency command or control command is locked by PLC.

 Source of the Master Frequency Command (AUTO)

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Digital keypad
1: Communication RS-485 input
2: External analog input (Refer to Pr. 03-00)
3: External UP / DOWN terminal
4: Pulse input without direction command (Refer to Pr. 10-16 without
direction)
6: CANopen communication card
7: Digital keypad dial
8: Communication card (not includes CANopen card)
[Note]: Need to use with MO setting as 42, or use with KPC-CC01

12-00-8
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 The AUTO / HAND mode can be switched by the keypad KPC-CC01 (optional) or multi-function
input terminal (MI) to set the source of the master frequency.
 Pr. 00-20 and Pr. 00-21 are for the settings of frequency source and operation source in AUTO
mode. Pr. 00-30 and Pr. 00-31 are for the settings of frequency source and operation source in
HAND mode.
 The factory setting of frequency source or operation source is for AUTO mode. It will return to
AUTO mode whenever power on again after power off. If there is multi-function input terminal
used to switch AUTO / HAND mode, the highest priority is the multi-function input terminal. When
the external terminal is OFF, the drive will not accept any operation signal and cannot execute
JOG.

 Source of the Operation Command (AUTO)

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Digital keypad
1: External terminals
2: Communication RS-485 input
3: CANopen communication card
5: Communication card (not includes CANopen card)
[Note]：Need to use with MO setting as 42, or use with KPC-CC01
 It is used to set the source of the operation frequency in AUTO mode.
 When the operation command is controlled by the keypad KPC-CC01 (optional), keys RUN,
STOP and JOG (F1) are valid.

 Stop Method
Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Ramp to stop
1: Coast to stop
 The parameter determines how the motor is stopped when the drive receives stop command.

1. Ramp to stop: the AC motor drive decelerates to 0 or minimum output frequency (Pr. 01-09)
according to current set deceleration time and then stop (by Pr. 01-07).

12-00-9
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

2. Coast to stop: the AC motor drive stops output immediately, and the motor free runs to stop
according to the load inertia.
 It is recommended to use “ramp to stop” for safety of personnel or to prevent material from
being wasted in applications where the motor must stop immediately after the drive stops.
The deceleration time has to be set accordingly.
 If the motor free running is allowed or the load inertia is large, it is recommended to select
“coast to stop”. For example, blowers, punching machines and pumps.

 Control of Motor Direction

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Enable forward / reverse
1: Disable reverse
2: Disable forward
 This parameter enables the AC motor drives to run in the forward / reverse Direction. It may be
used to prevent a motor from running in a direction that would consequently injure the user or
damage the equipment.

Memory of Digital Operator (Keypad) Frequency Command

Factory Setting: Read Only
Settings Read only
 If keypad is the source of frequency command, when Lv or Fault occurs, the present frequency
command will be saved in this parameter.

 User Defined Characteristics

Factory Setting: 0
Settings bit 0~3: user defined decimal place
0000h-0000b: no decimal place
0001h-0001b: one decimal place
0002h-0010b: two decimal place
0003h-0011b: three decimal place
bit 4~15：user defined unit
000xh: Hz
001xh: rpm
002xh: %
003xh: kg
004xh: M/S
005xh: kW
006xh: HP
007xh: ppm
008xh: l / m
009xh: kg/s
00Axh: kg/m
00Bxh: kg/h

12-00-10
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

00Cxh: lb/s
00Dxh: lb/m
00Exh: lb/h
00Fxh: ft/s
010xh: ft/m
011xh: M
012xh: ft
010xh: ft/m
011xh: M
012xh: ft
013xh: degC
014xh: degF
015xh: mbar
016xh: bar
017xh: Pa
018xh: kPa
019xh: mWG
01Axh: inWG
01Bxh: ftWG
01Cxh: Psi
01Dxh: Atm
01Exh: L/s
01Fxh: L/m
020xh: L/h
021xh: m3/s
022xh: m3/h
023xh: GPM
024xh: CFM
 bit 0~3: Control frequency F page, unit of user defined (Pr. 00-04 = d10, PID feedback value) and
the decimal point of Pr. 00-26 which supports up to 3 decimal points.
 bit 4~15: Control frequency F page, unit of user defined (Pr. 00-04 = d10, PID feedback value)
and the displayed units of Pr. 00-26.

0 0 0 0 h
u se r d e fin e d d e cima l p la ce
0:no decimal place
1:one decimal place
2:two decimal place
3:three decimal place
u se r d e fin e d u n it
0: Hz
1: rpm
2: %
3: kg

12-00-11
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Must be converted to decimal when using the keypad to set parameters.

Example: If user defined unit is inWG and the third decimal point, according to the information
above, corresponding to inWG is 01Axh (x is the set decimal point), and
corresponding to the third decimal place is 0003h. Then inWG and the third decimal
point displayed in hexadecimal is 01A3h, converted to decimal is 01A3h = 419.
Set Pr. 00-25 = 419 to complete setting.

Max. User Defined Value

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Disable
0~65535 (when Pr. 00-25 set to no decimal place)
0.0~6553.5 (when Pr. 00-25 set to 1 decimal place)
0.0~655.35 (when Pr. 00-25 set to 2 decimal place)
0.0~65.535 (when Pr. 00-25 set to 3 decimal place)
 When Pr. 00-26 is NOT set to 0, the user defined value is enabled. After selecting displayed unit
and decimal point by Pr. 00-25, the setting value of Pr. 00-26 will correspond to Pr. 01-00 (Max.
operation frequency of motor), then the operation frequency of motor will be a linear
correspondence with displayed value of digital keypad.
Example: When the frequency at Pr. 01-00 = 60.00 Hz, the max. user defined value at Pr. 00-26
is 100.0 %. That also means Pr. 00-25 is set at 0021h to select % as the unit.
NOTE
The drive will display as Pr. 00-25 setting when Pr. 00-25 is properly set and Pr. 00-26 is not 0.

User Defined Value

Factory Setting: Read only
Settings Read only
 Pr. 00-27 will display user defined value when Pr. 00-26 is not set to 0.
 User defined value is valid only when Pr. 00-20 (source of frequency) is set to digital keypad or
RS-485 communication.

LOCAL / REMOTE Selection

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Standard HOA function
1: Switching Local / Remote, the drive stops
2: Switching Local / Remote, the drive runs as the REMOTE setting for
frequency and operation status
3: Switching Local / Remote, the drive runs as the LOCAL setting for
frequency and operation status
4: Switching Local / Remote, the drive runs as LOCAL setting when switch to
Local and runs as REMOTE setting when switch to Remote for frequency
and operation status.
 AUTO / HAND mode can be selected or switched by using digital keypad KPC-CC01
(optional) or setting multi-function input terminal MI = 41, 42.

12-00-12
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 The factory setting of Pr. 00-29 is 0 (standard Hand-Off-Auto function). The AUTO frequency and
source of operation can be set by Pr. 00-20 and Pr. 00-21, and the HAND frequency and source
of operation can be set by Pr. 00-30 and Pr. 00-31.
 When external terminal (MI) is set to 41 and 42 (AUTO / HAND mode), the settings of Pr. 00-29 =
1,2,3,4 will be disabled. The external terminal has the highest priority of command, and Pr. 00-29
will function as standard HOA mode.
 When Pr. 00-29 is not set to 0, Local / Remote function is enabled, the top right corner of digital
keypad KPC-CC01 (optional) will display “LOC” or “REM”. The LOCAL frequency and source of
operation can be set by Pr. 00-20 and Pr. 00-21, and the REMOTE frequency and source of
operation can be set by Pr. 00-30 and Pr. 00-31. LOC / REM mode can be selected or switched
by using digital keypad KPC-CC01 (optional) or setting multi-function input terminal MI = 56. The
AUTO key of the digital keypad is for the REMOTE function, and HAND key is for the LOCAL
function.
 When external terminal (MI) is set to 56 for LOC / REM mode selection, if Pr. 00-29 is set to 0,
then the external terminal function is disabled.
 When external terminal (MI) is set to 56 for LOC / REM mode selection, if Pr. 00-29 is not set to 0,
then AUTO / HAND key will be disabled, and the external terminal has the highest priority of
command.

 Source of the Master Frequency Command (HAND)

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Digital keypad
1: Communication RS-485 input
2: External analog input (Refer to Pr. 03-00)
3: External UP / DOWN terminal
4: Pulse input without direction command (Refer to Pr.10-16 without direction)
6: CANopen communication card
7: Digital keypad dial
8: Communication card (not includes CANopen card)
[Note]: Need to use with MO setting as 41, or use with KPC-CC01
 It is used to set the source of the master frequency in HAND mode.

 Source of the Operation Command (HAND)

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Digital keypad
1: External terminals
2: Communication RS-485 input
3: CANopen communication card
5: Communication card (not includes CANopen card)
[Note]: Need to use with MO setting as 41, or use with KPC-CC01
 AUTO / HAND mode can be selected or switched by using digital keypad KPC-CC01 (optional) or
setting multi-function input terminal MI = 41, 42.

12-00-13
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Pr. 00-20 and 00-21 are for the settings of frequency source and operation source in AUTO mode.
Pr. 00-30 and 00-31 are for the settings of frequency source and operation source in HAND
mode.
 The factory setting of frequency source or operation source is for AUTO mode. It will return to
AUTO mode whenever power on again after power off. If there is multi-function input terminal
used to switch AUTO / HAND mode. The highest priority is the multi-function input terminal.
When the external terminal is OFF, the drive will not accept any operation signal and cannot
execute JOG.

 Digital Keypad STOP Function

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: STOP key disable
1: STOP key enable
 This parameter is valid when the source of operation is not set as digital keypad (Pr. 00-21 ≠ 0).
When Pr. 00-21 = 0, the STOP key of digital keypad will not be affected by this parameter.

Source of Auxiliary Frequency

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Master and auxiliary frequency function disabled
1: By digital keypad
2: By communication RS-485 input
3: By analog input
4: By external Up / Down key input
5: Pulse input with steering command (refer to Pr. 10-16)
6: By CANopen
8: By communication card
Selection of Master and Auxiliary Frequency Command
Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Master + auxiliary frequency
1: Master - auxiliary frequency
2: Auxiliary - master frequency
 Master and auxiliary frequency command sets the source of master frequency by Pr. 00-20, and
sets the source of auxiliary frequency by Pr. 00-35. Addition and subtraction mode of auxiliary /
master frequency is set by Pr. 00-36.
 When Pr. 00-36 = 0, 1, 2, accelerating and decelerating by the system (includes S-curve) after
addition and subtraction of auxiliary / master frequency, and then be outputted as control
command.
 If the value received is negative after addition and subtraction of auxiliary / master frequency,
then Pr. 03-10 determines whether to change the running direction.
 If the source of master frequency (Pr. 00-20 = 0) or the source of auxiliary frequency
(Pr. 00-35 = 1) is set by keypad, then F page of keypad displays setting frequency, to set master
frequency or auxiliary frequency. If the source of master frequency or auxiliary frequency is NOT

12-00-14
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

set by keypad (Pr. 00-20 ≠ 0 and Pr. 00-35 ≠ 1), the F page displays the value after addition and
subtraction of auxiliary / master frequency.
 When setting the source of master frequency and auxiliary frequency, Pr. 00-35 can NOT be set
the same as Pr. 00-20 or Pr. 00-30.

 Display Filter Time (Current)

Factory Setting: 0.100
Settings 0.001~65.535 sec.
 Set this parameter to minimize the current fluctuation displayed by digital keypad.

 Display Filter Time (Keypad)

Factory Setting: 0.100
Settings 0.001~65.535 sec.
 Set this parameter to minimize the value fluctuation displayed by digital keypad.

Software Version (Date)

Factory Setting: #####
Settings Read only
 This parameter displays current software version of drive by date.

12-00-15
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

01 Basic Parameters  This parameter can be set during operation.

Max. Operation Frequency of Motor 1

Max. Operation Frequency of Motor 2
Max. Operation Frequency of Motor 3
Max. Operation Frequency of Motor 4
Factory Setting: 60.00 / 50.00
Settings 00.00~599.00 Hz
 This parameter determines the maximum operation frequency range of drive. This setting is
frequency range corresponding to maximum value of analog input frequency setting signal
(0~10V, 4~20 mA, 0~20 mA，±10V).
 When the high speed mode is on, maximum operation frequency is 0.00~1500.0 Hz.

Output Frequency of Motor 1

Output Frequency of Motor 2
Output Frequency of Motor 3
Output Frequency of Motor 4
Factory Setting: 60.00 / 50.00
Settings 00.00~599.00 Hz
 This value should be set according to the rated frequency of the motor as indicated on the
motor nameplate. If the motor is 60 Hz, the setting should be 60 Hz. If the motor is 50 Hz, the
setting should be 50 Hz.

Output Voltage of Motor 1

Output Voltage of Motor 2
Output Voltage of Motor 3
Output Voltage of Motor 4
Factory Setting: 220.0 / 440.0
Settings 110 V / 230 V series: 0.0 V~255.0 V
460 V series: 0.0~510.0 V
 This value should be set according to the rated voltage of the motor as indicated on the motor
nameplate. If the motor is 220V, the setting should be 220.0 V. If the motor is 200V, the setting
should be 200.0 V.
 A wide variety of motors are sold in the market, but the power system for each country is different.
The economic and convenient way to solve this problem is to install the AC motor drive. The drive
can deal with different voltage and frequency. Besides, it can also exert the original
characteristics and life of the motor.

Mid-point Frequency 1 of Motor 1

Factory Setting: 3.00
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz

12.1-01-1

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Mid-point Voltage 1 of Motor 1

Factory Setting: 11.0 / 22.0
Settings 110 V / 230 V series: 0.0 V~240.0 V
460 V series: 0.0 V~480.0 V
Mid-point Frequency 1 of Motor 2
Factory Setting: 3.00
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
 Mid-point Voltage 1 of Motor 2
Factory Setting: 11.0 / 22.0
Settings 110 V / 230 V series: 0.0 V~240.0 V
460 V series: 0.0 V~480.0 V
Mid-point Frequency 1 of Motor 3
Factory Setting: 3.00
Settings 00.00~599.00 Hz
 Mid-point Voltage 1 of Motor 3
Factory Setting: 11.0 / 22.0
Settings 110 V / 230 V series: 0.0 V~240.0 V
460 V series: 0.0 V~480.0 V
Mid-point Frequency 1 of Motor 4
Factory Setting: 3.00
Settings 00.00~599.00 Hz
 Mid-point Voltage 1 of Motor 4
Factory Setting: 11.0 / 22.0
Settings 110 V / 230 V series: 0.0 V~240.0 V
460 V series: 0.0 V~480.0 V

Mid-point Frequency 2 of Motor 1

Factory Setting: 0.50
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
 Mid-point Voltage 2 of Motor 1
Factory Setting: 2.0 / 4.0
Settings 110 V / 230 V series: 0.0 V~240.0 V
460 V series: 0.0 V~480.0 V
Mid-point Frequency 2 of Motor 2
Factory Setting: 0.50
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
 Mid-point Voltage 2 of Motor 2
Factory Setting: 2.0 / 4.0
Settings 110 V / 230 V series: 0.0 V~240.0 V
460 V series: 0.0 V~480.0 V

12.1-01-2

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Mid-point Frequency 2 of Motor 3

Factory Setting: 0.50
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
 Mid-point Voltage 2 of Motor 3
Factory Setting: 2.0 / 4.0
Settings 110 V / 230 V series: 0.0 V~240.0 V
460 V series: 0.0 V~480.0 V
Mid-point Frequency 2 of Motor 4
Factory Setting: 0.50
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
 Mid-point Voltage 2 of Motor 4
Factory Setting: 2.0 / 4.0
Settings 110 V / 230 V series: 0.0 V~240.0 V
460 V series: 0.0 V~480.0 V

Min. Output Frequency of Motor 1

Factory Setting: 0.00
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
 Min. Output Voltage of Motor 1
Factory Setting: 0.0 / 0.0
Settings 110 V / 230 V series: 0.0 V~240.0 V
460 V series: 0.0 V~480.0 V
Min. Output Frequency of Motor 2
Factory Setting: 0.00
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
 Min. Output Voltage of Motor 2
Factory Setting: 0.0 / 0.0
Settings 110 V / 230 V series: 0.0 V~240.0 V
460 V series: 0.0 V~480.0 V
Min. Output Frequency of Motor 3
Factory Setting: 0.00
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
 Min. Output Voltage of Motor 3
Factory Setting: 0.0 / 0.0
Settings 110 V / 230 V series: 0.0 V~240.0 V
460 V series: 0.0 V~480.0 V
Min. Output Frequency of Motor 4
Factory Setting: 0.00
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz

12.1-01-3

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Min. Output Voltage of Motor 4

Factory Setting: 0.0 / 0.0
Settings 110 V / 230 V series: 0.0 V~240.0 V
460 V series: 0.0 V~480.0 V
 V/F curve setting is usually set by the motor’s allowable loading characteristics. If the loading
characteristics exceed the loading limit of the motor, must pay more attention to the heat
dissipation, dynamic balance, and bearing lubricity of the motor.
 If the voltage is too high at low frequency, it may cause motor damage, overheat, and stall
prevention or over-current protection. To prevent motor damage or motor fault, please be careful
when setting the voltage.
 Pr. 01-35 ~ Pr. 01-42 is the V/F curve for motor 2. When multi-function input terminals Pr. 02-01 ~
02-08 and Pr. 02-26 ~ Pr. 02-31 (extension card) are set to 14 and enabled, the AC motor drive
will act as the 2nd V/F curve.
 When the high speed mode is on, maximum operation frequency is 0.00~1500.0 Hz.
 The V/F curve for motor 1 is shown as follows. The V/F curve for motor 2 can be deduced from it.
Voltage

01-11 Frequency lower limit 01-10 Frequency upper limit

1st Voltage
01-02 Frequency output
limit range
2nd Voltage
01-04 Regular V/F Curve

3rd Voltage Special V/F Curve

01-06

4th Voltage
01-08 Frequency
01-07 01-09 01-05 01-03 01-01 01-00
4th Freq. Start Freq. 3rd Freq. 2nd Freq. 1st Freq. Maximum output
frequency
V/F Curve
 Common settings of V/F curve:

(1) General purpose

M otor spec. 60Hz Motor spec. 50Hz

V V
220 Pr. Setting 220 Pr. Setting
01-00 60.0 01-00 50.0
01-01 60.0 01-01 50.0
01-02 220.0 01-02 220.0
01-03 01-03
1.50 1.30
01-05 01-05
01-04 01-04
10 10.0 10 10.0
01-06 01-06
F F
1.5 60.0 01-07 1.50 1.3 50.0 01-07 1.30
01-08 10.0 01-08 10.0

12.1-01-4

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

(2) Fan and hydraulic machinery

M otor spec. 60Hz Motor spec. 50Hz

V Pr. Setting V Pr. Setting
220 220
01-00 60.0 01-00 50.0
01-01 60.0 01-01 50.0
01-02 220.0 01-02 220.0
01-03 01-03
30.0 25.0
01-05 01-05
50 50
01-04 50.0 01-04 50.0
10 01-06 10 01-06
F 01-07 1.50 F 01-07 1.30
1.5 30 60.0 1.3 25 50.0
01-08 10.0 01-08 10.0

(3) High starting torque

Motor spec. 60Hz Motor spec. 50Hz

V Pr. Setting V Pr. Setting

220 01-00 60.0 220 01-00 50.0
01-01 60.0 01-01 50.0
01-02 220.0 01-02 220.0
01-03 01-03
3.00 2.20
01-05 23 01-05
23
01-04 01-04
23.0 23.0
18 01-06 14 01-06
F 01-07 1.50 F 01-07 1.30
1.5 3 60.0 01-08 18.0 1.3 2.2 50.0 01-08 14.0

Start-up Frequency
Factory Setting: 0.50
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
 When start frequency is higher than the min. output frequency, drive’s output will be from start
frequency to the setting frequency. Please refer to the following diagram for details.
 Fcmd = frequency command;
Fstart = start frequency (Pr. 01-09);
fstart = actual start frequency of drive;
Fmin = 4th output frequency setting (Pr. 01-07 / Pr. 01-41);
Flow = output frequency lower limit (Pr. 01-11)
 When Fcmd > Fmin and Fcmd < Fstart:
If Flow < Fcmd, drive will run directly by Fcmd.
If Flow ≥ Fcmd, drive will run by Fcmd, then rise to Flow according to acceleration time.
 The output frequency will attain directly to 0 when decelerating to Fmin.

12.1-01-5

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Instant operation when start-up

NO
F cmd>Fmi n by Pr.01- 34

Y ES

NO Y ES
F star t>Fmin fstart=F min F low= 0 H=Fc md
Hz
F cmd
Y ES
F min
fstart=F star t
F star t
Time
operation after NO
start-up NO
F low= 0 F cmd>Fl ow

NO

Y ES by
Y ES F cmd<Fmi n Pr.01- 34
by NO
F cmd>Fmi n
Pr.01- 34
NO
Y ES H=Fl ow
Y ES
H=Fc md
H=Fc md Hz
Hz Hz
60Hz
60Hz H=Fl ow
F cmd H=Fc md1 F low F low> Fcmd1
F cmd1 F cmd1>Flow & F cmd1 >F min
F star t F min F cmd1>Fmin F min
F min F cmd2 F cmd2
Time F low Time
Time by Pr.01- 34
by Pr.01- 34 F min>Fc md2
F cmd2>Flow &
F cmd2<Fmin

 Output Frequency Upper Limit

Factory Setting: 599.00
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
 Output Frequency Lower Limit
Factory Setting: 0.00
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
 The upper / lower limit output frequency setting is used to limit the actual output frequency. If the
frequency setting is higher than the upper limit (Pr. 01-10), it will run by the upper limit frequency.
If output frequency is lower than lower limit (Pr. 01-11) and frequency setting is higher than min.
frequency (Pr. 01-07), it will run by lower limit frequency. The upper limit frequency should be set
> lower limit frequency. (Pr. 01-10 setting value must be > Pr. 01-11 setting value).
 Upper output frequency will limit the max. output frequency of drive. If frequency setting is higher
than Pr. 01-10, the output frequency will be limited by Pr. 01-10 setting.
 When the drive starts the function of slip compensation (Pr. 07-27) or PID feedback control, drive
output frequency may exceed frequency command but still be limited by this setting.
 Related parameters: Pr. 01-00 Max. Operation Frequency and Pr.01-11 Output Frequency Lower
Limit
12.1-01-6

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Vol tage
Pr01-11 P r0 1-10
L owe r limit of out put frequenc y Uppe r limit of out put frequenc y

Pr01-02
Motor rate d volta ge
(Vbas e)

P r0 1-04
Mid - point volta ge 1

P r0 1-06
Mid - point volta ge 2

Pr01-08
Min . o utput voltag e
s ett ing (Vmin) Frequ ency
Pr01-07 Pr01-05 Pr01-03 Pr01-01 Pr01-00
Min . out put Mid - point Mid -po int Mo tor rated Max . operat ion
f requenc y frequenc y 2 freque ncy 1 frequenc y frequ ency
(Fmin) (Fbas e)

 Lower output frequency will limit the min. output frequency of drive. When drive frequency
command is lower than this setting, drive output frequency will be limited by the lower limit of
frequency.
 When the drive starts, it will operate from min. output frequency (Pr. 01-07) accelerate to the
setting frequency. It will not be limited by lower output frequency setting.
 The setting of output frequency upper / lower limit is used to prevent operator misuse, overheat
caused by too low operation frequency or damage caused by excessive speed.
 If the output frequency upper limit setting is 50 Hz and frequency setting is 60 Hz, max. output
frequency will be 50 Hz.
 If the output frequency lower limit setting is 10 Hz and min. operation frequency setting (Pr. 01-07)
is 1.5 Hz, it will operate by 10 Hz when the frequency command is greater than Pr. 01-07 and less
than 10 Hz. If the frequency command is less than Pr. 01-07, the drive will be in ready status with
no output.
 If the frequency output upper limit is 60 Hz and frequency setting is also 60 Hz, only frequency
command will be limited in 60 Hz. Actual frequency output may exceed 60 Hz if the drive starts
the function of slip compensation.
 When the high speed mode is on, maximum operation frequency is 0.00~1500.0 Hz.

12.1-01-7

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Accel. Time 1
 Decel. Time 1
 Accel. Time 2
 Decel. Time 2
 Accel. Time 3
 Decel. Time 3
 Accel. Time 4
 Decel. Time 4
 JOG Acceleration Time
 JOG Deceleration Time
Factory Setting: 10.00 / 10.0
Settings Pr. 01-45 = 0: 0.00~600.00 sec.
Pr. 01-45 = 1: 0.00~6000.0 sec.
 The acceleration time is used to determine the time required for the AC motor drive to accelerate
from 0 Hz to maximum output frequency (Pr. 01-00).
 The acceleration / deceleration time is invalid when using Pr. 01-44 Auto acceleration /
deceleration setting.
 The acceleration / deceleration time 1, 2, 3, 4 are selected according to the multi-function input
terminals settings. The factory settings are accel. / decel. time 1.
 When enable torque limits and stalls prevention function, the actual accel. / decel. time will be
longer than the above action time.
 Please note that it may trigger the protection function (Pr. 06-03 Over-current stall prevention
during acceleration or Pr. 06-01 Over-voltage stall prevention) when setting of accel. / decel. time
is too short.
 Please note that it may cause motor damage or drive protection enabled due to over current
during acceleration when the setting of acceleration time is too short.
 Use suitable brake resistor (please refer to Chapter 07 Optional accessories) to decelerate in a
short time and prevent over-voltage.
 When enable Pr. 01-24 ~ Pr. 01-27 (S-curve accel. / decel. begin and arrival time) , the actual
accel. / decel. time will be longer than the setting.

Frequency

01-00
Max. O utput
Frequency
Frequency
Setting

Time
accel. time decel. time
01-12,14,16,18,20 01-13,15,17,19,21
Accel./Decel. Time

12.1-01-8

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 JOG Frequency
Factory Setting: 6.00
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
 Both external terminal JOG and key “F1” on the keypad KPC-CC01 (optional) can be used to set
JOG function. When the JOG command is ON, the AC motor drive will accelerate from 0 Hz to
JOG frequency (Pr. 01-22). When JOG command is OFF, the AC motor drive will decelerate from
Jog frequency to stop. The JOG accel. / decel. time (Pr. 01-20, Pr. 01-21) is the time that
accelerates from 0.0 Hz to JOG frequency (Pr. 01-22). The JOG command cannot be executed
when the AC motor drive is running. In the same way, when the JOG command is executing,
other operation commands are invalid.

 1st / 4th Accel. / decel. Frequency

Factory Setting: 0.00
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
 This function does not require external terminal switching function, it will switch the accel. / decel.
time automatically by Pr. 01-23 setting. If the external terminal is set, it will be prior to Pr. 01-23.
 When using this function, please set S-curve acceleration time as 0 if 4th acceleration time is set
too short.
Freq uen cy

1s t Accel eration 1st D eceleration

Ti me Time
01-23

4th Ac celeration 4th D eceleration

Time Time Time

1st/4th Ac celeration/Decel er ation F r equenc y Switching

 S-curve Acceleration Begin Time 1

 S-curve Acceleration Arrival Time 2
 S-curve Deceleration Begin Time 1
 S-curve Deceleration Arrival Time 2
Factory Setting: 0.20 / 0.2
Settings Pr. 01-45 = 0: 0.00~25.00 sec.
Pr. 01-45 = 1: 0.0~250.0 sec.
 This parameter is used to set slow start when the drive begins to accelerate at start. The accel. /
decel. curve can adjust the S-curve accel. / decel by setting parameter value. When it is enabled,
the drive will have different accel. / decel. curve by the accel. / decel. time.
 The S-curve function is disabled when accel. / decel. time is set to 0.
 When Pr. 01-12, 01-14, 01-16, 01-18  Pr. 01-24 and Pr. 01-25,
the actual accel. time = Pr. 01-12, 01-14, 01-16, 01-18 + (Pr. 01-24 + Pr. 01-25) / 2

12.1-01-9

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 When Pr. 01-13, 01-15, 01-17, 01-19  Pr. 01-26 and Pr. 01-27,
the actual decel. time = Pr. 01-13, 01-15, 01-17, 01-19 + (Pr. 01-26 + Pr. 01-27) / 2

Frequency
01-25 01-26

Time
01-24 01-27

Skip Frequency 1 (Upper Limit)

Skip Frequency 1 (Lower Limit)
Skip Frequency 2 (Upper Limit)
Skip Frequency 2 (Lower Limit)
Skip Frequency 3 (Upper Limit)
Skip Frequency 3 (Lower Limit)
Factory Setting: 0.00
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
 These parameters are used to set skip frequency of the AC drive. Frequency setting of the drive
will skip these frequency ranges. However, the frequency output is continuous. There is no limit
for the setting of these six parameters and it can be combined. Pr. 01-28 does not need to be
greater than Pr. 01-29; Pr. 01-30 does not need to be greater than
Pr. 01-31; Pr. 01-32 does not need to be greater than Pr. 01-33. Pr. 01-28~01-33 can be set as
required. There is no size distinction between these six parameters.
 These parameters set skip frequency ranges of the AC drive. This function can be used to
prevent the mechanical resonance. The skip frequencies are useful when a motor has vibration at
a specific frequency bandwidth. By skipping this frequency, the vibration will be avoided. There
are 3 zones offered for use.
 Frequency command (F) can be set within the range of skip frequencies. Then the output
frequency (H) will be limited to the lower limit of skip frequency ranges.
 When accelerating / decelerating, the output frequency will still pass the skip frequency ranges.

01- 28
01- 29 fa ll in g fr eq ue ncy
Inter nal 01- 30
frequency
01- 31
command
01- 32
01- 33 r isi ng fre qu en cy

0
F requenc y s etting command

12.1-01-10

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Zero-speed Mode
Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Output waiting
1: Zero-speed operation
2: Fmin (Refer to Pr. 01-07, 01-41)
 When the frequency command of drive is less than Fmin (Pr. 01-07, Pr. 01-41), the drive will operate
by this parameter.
 When it is set to 0, the AC motor drive will be in waiting mode without voltage output from terminals U,
V, W.
 When it is set to 1, it will execute DC brake by Vmin (Pr. 01-08 and Pr. 01-42) in V/F and SVC modes.
 When it is set to 2, the AC motor drive will run by Fmin (Pr. 01-07, Pr. 01-41) and Vmin (Pr. 01-08, Pr.
01-42) in V/F and SVC modes.
 In V/F, SVC modes:
fout

01-34=1 01-34=2
01-34=0
stop output

fmin
01-07 0Hz 0Hz
stop waiting for output 0Hz oper ation
(DC br ake)

V/F Curve Selection

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: V/F curve determined by Pr. 01-00~01-08
1: 1.5th V/F curve
2: 2nd V/F curve
 When setting to 0, refer to Pr. 01-01~01-08 for motor 1 V/F curve. For motor 2, please refer to
Pr. 01-35~01-42.
 When setting to 1 or 2, 2nd and 3rd voltage frequency setting are invalid.
 If motor load is variable torque load (torque is in direct proportion to rotating speed, such as the load
of fan or pump), load torque will be low at low rotating speed, decrease input voltage to make
magnetic field of input current smaller, which will reduce flux loss and iron loss of the motor to raise
the entire efficiency.
 When setting high power of V/F curve, it is lower torque at low frequency, and the drive is not suitable
for rapid acceleration / deceleration. It is recommended NOT to use this parameter for the rapid
acceleration / deceleration.
01-02
Voltage %
100
90
80
70 1.5 power c urve
60
50
40
30
20
Square curve 01-01
10
F requenc y%
0 20 40 60 80 100
12.1-01-11

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Auto Acceleration / Deceleration Setting

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Linear accel. / decel.
1: Auto accel., linear decel.
2: Linear accel., auto decel.
3: Auto accel. / decel.
4: Linear, stall prevention by auto accel. / decel. (limited by Pr. 01-12 to 01-21)
 Setting 0 linear accel. / decel. : it will accel. / decel. according to the setting of Pr. 01-12~01-19.
 Setting to auto accel. / decel. : it can reduce the mechanical vibration and prevent the
complicated auto-tuning processes. It will not stall during acceleration and no need to use brake
resistor. In addition, it can improve the operation efficiency and save energy.
 Setting 3 auto accel. / decel. (Decelerate by actual load): it can auto detect the load torque and
accelerate from the fastest acceleration time and smoothest start current to the setting frequency.
When decelerating, it can auto detect the load re-generation and stop the motor smoothly with
the fastest decel. time.
 Setting 4 stall prevention by auto accel. / decel. (Refer to accel. / decel. time) : if the acceleration /
deceleration is in the reasonable range, it will accelerate / decelerate by Pr. 01-12~01-19. If the
accel. /decel. time is too short, the actual accel./decel. time is greater than the setting of accel.
/decel. time.
F requenc y

1
01-00
Max.
Fr equency 2

01- 07
Min. T ime
Fr equency accel. time decel. time
01-12 01-14 01-13 01-15
01-16 01-18 01-17 01-19
Acc el./D ecel. Time
1 When P r.01-44 is set to 0.
2 When P r.01-44 is set to 3.

Time Unit for Acceleration / Deceleration and S Curve

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Unit 0.01 sec.
1: Unit 0.1 sec.
 Time for CANopen Quick Stop
Factory Setting: 1.00
Settings Pr. 01-45 = 0: 0.00~600.00 sec.
Pr. 01-45 = 1: 0.0~6000.0 sec.
 It is used to set the time decelerating from maximum operation frequency (Pr. 01-00) to 0.00 Hz
by CANopen control.
12.1-01-12

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Deceleration Method
Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Normal decel.
1: Overfluxing decel.
2: Traction energy control
 When 0 is set: decelerate or stop in accordance with original decelerating setting.
 When 1 is set: during deceleration, the drive will make control according to the setting of Pr.
06-01 and the voltage recovery size of DC BUS. The controller will start when DC BUS voltage
reaches to 95 % of Pr. 06-01. When Pr. 06-01 is set to 0, the drive will make control according to
operating voltage and the voltage recovery size of DC BUS. This method will decelerate
according to the setting value of deceleration time. The fastest actual deceleration time will not be
less than the setting of deceleration time.
 The actual deceleration time of motor is more than the setting of deceleration time due to
overvoltage stall prevention operation.
 When 1 is set: can be used with Pr. 06-02 set to 1 to get a better effect of deceleration
over-voltage suppression.
 When 2 is set: this function can auto tuning output frequency and output voltage to accelerate
consuming DC BUS energy according to the ability of the drive. So that the actual deceleration
time can comply with the parameter setting as possible. This setting is recommended when
overvoltage occurs due to use the deceleration time which is not as expected.

12.1-01-13

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

02 Digital Input / Output Parameter  This parameter can be set during operation.

2-wire / 3-wire Operation Control

Factory Setting: 1
Settings 0: No function
1: 2-wire mode 1, power on for operation control
(M1: FWD / STOP, M2: REV / STOP)
2: 2-wire mode 2, power on for operation control
(M1: RUN / STOP, M2: REV / FWD)
3: 3-wire, power on for operation control
(M1: RUN, M2: REV / FWD, M3: STOP)
4: 2-wire mode 1, fast start up
(M1: FWD / STOP, M2: REV / STOP)
5: 2-wire mode 2, fast start up
(M1: RUN / STOP, M2: REV / FWD)
6: 3-wire，fast start up
(M1: RUN, M2: REV / FWD, M3: STOP)
IMPORTANT
1. In fast start up function, terminal output will keep in ready status, drive will
response to the command immediately.
2. When using fast start up function, the output terminal will have higher
voltage potentially.
 In Quick Start function, the output will remain ready for operation. The drive will respond to start
command immediately.
 When using Quick Start function, there will be greater potential voltage on the output terminals.
 This parameter is for setting the configuration of external drive operation control, plus Quick Start
function, there are six different control modes:

Pr. 02-00 Control Circuits of the External Terminal

Setting value: 1 MI1 “OPEN”: STOP

FWD / STOP
“CLOSE” : FWD
2-wire
REV / STOP MI2 “OPEN”: STOP
FWD / STOP “CLOSE”: REV
DCM
REV / STOP M300

Setting value: 2 MI1

“O PEN”: STO P
RUN / STO P
“CLO SE”: RUN
2-wire
FWD / REV MI2 “O PEN”: FWD
RUN / STOP “CLO SE”: REV
DCM
REV / FWD M300

12.1-02-1

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

MI1 “CLO SE”: RUN

STOP R UN
Setting value: 3 MI3 “O PEN”: STO P

REV/FWD: “OPEN”: FWD

3-wire MI2
REV / FWD “CLOSE”: REV
D CM
M300

MI1 “OPEN”: STOP

Setting value: 4 FWD / STOP
“CLOSE”: FWD
2-wire REV / STOP MI2 “OPEN”: STOP
Quick Start “CLOSE”: REV
DCM
M300

MI1 “O PEN”: STO P

Setting value: 5 RUN / STO P
“CLO SE”: RUN
2-wire FWD / REV MI2 “O PEN”: FWD
“CLO SE”: REV
Quick Start DCM
M300

MI1 “CLO SE”: RUN

STOP RUN
Setting value: 6 MI3 “O PEN”: STO P
3-wire MI2 REV/FWD: “OPEN”: FWD
Quick Start REV / FWD “CLOSE”: REV
DCM
M300

Multi-function Input Command 1 (MI1)

Multi-function Input Command 2 (MI2)
Multi-function Input Command 7 (MI7)
Factory Setting: 0
Multi-function Input Command 3 (MI3)
Factory Setting: 1
Multi-function Input Command 4 (MI4)
Factory Setting: 2
Multi-function Input Command 5 (MI5)
Factory Setting: 3
Multi-function Input Command 6 (MI6)
Factory Setting: 4
Settings 0: No function
1: Multi-stage speed command 1 / multi-stage position command 1
2: Multi-stage speed command 2 / multi-stage position command 2
3: Multi-stage speed command 3 / multi-stage position command 3
4: Multi-stage speed command 4 / multi-stage position command 4
5: Reset

12.1-02-2

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

6: JOG operation (By KPC-CC01 or external control)

7: Acceleration / deceleration speed not allow
8: The 1st, 2nd acceleration / deceleration time selection
9: The 3rd, 4th acceleration / deceleration time selection
10: EF input (Pr. 07-20)
11: B.B input from external (Base Block)
12: Output stop
13: Cancel the setting of the auto acceleration / deceleration time
15: Rotating speed command from AVI
16: Rotating speed command from ACI
18: Forced to stop (Pr. 07-20)
19: Digital up command
20: Digital down command
21: PID function disabled
22: Clear counter
23: Input the counter value (MI6)
24: FWD JOG command
25: REV JOG command
28: Emergency stop (EF1)
29: Signal confirmation for Y-connection
30: Signal confirmation for -connection
38: Disable write EEPROM function
40: Force coast to stop
41: HAND switch
42: AUTO switch
48: Mechanical gear ratio switch
49: Drive enable
50: Master dEb input
51: Selection for PLC mode bit 0
52: Selection for PLC mode bit 1
53: Trigger CANopen quick stop
56: Local / Remote Selection
70: Auxiliary frequency is forced to 0
71: Disable PID function, PID output is forced to 0
72: Disable PID function, remain the output value before
disabled
73: PID integral gain is forced to 0, integral disabled
74: PID feedback reversed
81: Zero point position signal input of simple positioning
82: OOB loading balance detection
83: Multi-motors (IM) selection bit 0
84: Multi-motors (IM) selection bit 1
12.1-02-3

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 This parameter selects the functions for each multi-function terminal.

 When Pr. 02-00 = 0, multi-function options can be set by multi-function input terminal MI1, MI2.
 When Pr. 02-00 ≠ 0, specify the use of multi-function input terminals MI1, MI2 with reference to
the setting value of Pr. 02-00.
Example:
If Pr. 02-00 = 1: multi-function input terminal MI1 = FWD / STOP,
multi-function input terminal MI2 = REV / STOP.
If Pr. 02-00 = 2: multi-function input terminal MI1 = RUN / STOP,
multi-function input terminal MI2 = FWD / REV.
 When multi-function input terminal MI7 = 0, MI7 is designated as pulse input terminal.
 If Pr. 02-00 is set to 3-wire operation control, terminal MI3 is for STOP contact. The function set
will be invalid automatically.
Summary of function settings
(Take the N.O. normally opened contact for example, ON: contact is closed, OFF: contact is open)
Settings Functions Descriptions
0 No Function
Multi-stage speed
1 command 1 / multi-stage
position command 1
Multi-stage speed
command 2 / multi-stage 15-stages speed or 15 positions could be set by the digital status
2
position command of these 4 terminals. 16-steps speed could be operate if the
2multi-stage
master speed is included when setting as 15 steps speed. (Refer
Multi-stage speed
3 command 3 / multi-stage to Parameter 04)
position command 3
Multi-stage speed
4 command 4 / multi-stage
position command 4
Use this terminal to reset the drive after the error of the drive is
5 Reset
eliminated.
This function is valid when the source of operation command is
external terminals.
The JOG operation executes when the drive stops completely.
During running, the operation direction can be changed, and
STOP key on the keypad is valid. Once the external terminal
receives OFF command, the motor will stop by the JOG
deceleration time. Refer to Pr. 01-20~01-22 for details.
01-22
JOG operation JOG frequency
6 KPC-CC01 required
(optional)

01-07
Min. output frequency

JOG accel. time JOG decel. time

01-20 01-21
MIx-GND ON OFF

Mix: external terminal

12.1-02-4

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Settings Functions Descriptions

When this function is enabled, the drive will stop acceleration and
deceleration immediately. After this function is disabled, the AC
motor drive starts to accel. / decel. from the inhibit point.
Fr eq ue ncy
S etti ng
fr eq ue ncy A ccel . in hi bi t
De cel . in hi bi t
a re a
a re a A ctua l o pe ra tio n
Acceleration /
7 A ccel . in hi bi t fr eq ue ncy
deceleration speed inhibit a re a De cel . in hi bi t
a re a
A ctua l o pe ra tio n fr eq ue ncy

Ti me
MIx- GND ON ON ON ON

O pe ra tio n ON O FF
co mman d

The 1st, 2nd acceleration /

8 deceleration time
The acceleration / deceleration time of the drive can be selected
selection
from this function or the digital status of terminals; there are 4
The 3rd, 4th acceleration /
acceleration / deceleration for selection.
9 deceleration time
selection
For external fault input. The drive will decelerate by Pr. 07-20
EF input setting, and keypad will show EF. (It will have fault record when
10
(EF: External fault) external fault occurs). The drive will keep running until the fault is
cleared (terminal status restored) after RESET.
When the contact of this function is ON, output of the drive will
B.B input from external
11 stop immediately. The motor will be in free run and keypad will
(B.B.: Base Block)
display B.B. signal. Refer to Pr. 07-08 for details.
When the contact of this function is ON, output of the drive will
stop immediately. The motor will be in free run. The drive is in
output waiting status until the switch turned to OFF, the drive will
re-start to current setting frequency.
V ol tag e
Fr eq ue ncy
Output stop S etti ng
12 fr eq ue ncy
(Output pause)

Ti me
MI x - GND ON O FF ON

O pe ra tio n
ON
co mman d

12.1-02-5

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Settings Functions Descriptions

Pr. 01-44 should be set to one of 01~04 modes before using this
Cancel the setting of the
13 function. When this function is enabled, OFF is for auto mode
auto accel. / decel. time
and ON is for linear accel. / decel.
When the contact of this function is ON, the source of the
Rotating speed command
15 frequency will force to be AVI. (If the rotating speed commands
form AVI
are set to AVI, ACI at the same time, the priority is AVI > ACI)
When the contact of this function is ON, the source of the
Rotating speed command
16 frequency will force to be ACI. (If the rotating speed commands
form ACI
are set to AVI, ACI at the same time, the priority is AVI > ACI)
When the contact of this function is ON, the drive will ramp to
18 Forced to stop
stop by Pr. 07-20 setting.
When the contact of this function is ON, the frequency of drive

19 Digital up command will increase or decrease by one unit. If this function remains ON
continuously, the frequency will increase / decrease by Pr. 02-09
/ Pr. 02-10.
The frequency command returns to zero when the drive stops,
20 Digital down command and the displayed frequency is 0.00 Hz. Select Pr. 11-00, bit 7 =
1, frequency is not saved.
When the contact of this function is ON, the PID function is
21 PID function disabled
disabled.
When the contact of this function is ON, current counter value will
22 Clear counter command be cleared and display “0”. Only when this function is disabled,
the drive will keep counting upward.
Input the counter value The counter value will increase 1 once the contact of this function
23
(MI 6) is ON. The function needs to be set with Pr. 02-19.
This function is valid when the source of operation command is
external terminals. When the contact of this function is ON, the
24 FWD JOG command drive will execute forward JOG. When execute JOG command in
torque mode, the drive will automatically switch to speed mode.
The drive will return to torque mode after JOG command is done.
This function is valid when the source of operation command is
external terminals. When the contact of this function is ON the
25 REV JOG command drive will execute reverse JOG. When execute JOG command in
torque mode, the drive will automatically switch to speed mode.
The drive will return to torque mode after JOG command is done.

12.1-02-6

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Settings Functions Descriptions

When the contact of this function is ON: output of the drive will
stop immediately, and display EF1 on the keypad. The motor will
be in free run. The drive will keep running until the fault is cleared
after pressing “RESET”. (EF: External Fault)
V ol tag e

Fr eq ue ncy

S etti ng
28 Emergency stop (EF1) fr eq ue ncy

Ti me
MI x - GND ON O FF ON

Re set ON O FF

O pe ra tio n
ON
co mman d
Signal confirmation for When the control mode is V/F. If the contact of this function is
29
Y-connection ON, the drive will operate by 1st V/F.
Signal confirmation for When the control mode is V/F. If the contact of this function is
30
-connection ON, the drive will operate by 2nd V/F.
Disable EEPROM write
When the contact of this function is ON, the write of EEPROM is
38 function (Parameters
disabled. (Changed parameters will not be saved after power off)
memory disable)
When the contact of this function is ON during the operation, the
40 Force coast to stop
drive will free run to stop.

 When MI terminal is switched to OFF status, it executes a

STOP command. Therefore, if MI terminal is switched to OFF

41 HAND switch during operation, the drive will also stop.

 Using keypad KPC-CC01 (optional) to switch between HAND
/ AUTO, the drive will stop first then switch to the HAND or
AUTO status.
 The digital keypad KPC-CC01 (optional) will display current
status of drive (HAND / OFF / AUTO).
42 AUTO switch bit 1 bit 0
OFF 0 0
AUTO 0 1
HAND 1 0
OFF 1
Mechanical gear ratio When this contact is ON, the mechanical gear ratio will switch to
48
switch the second group. (Refer to Pr. 10-04 ~ Pr. 10-07).
When drive is enabled, RUN command is valid.
When drive is disabled, RUN command is invalid.
49 Drive enable
When drive is operating, motor will coast to stop.
This function will interact with MO = 45
12.1-02-7

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Settings Functions Descriptions

Input the message setting in this parameter when dEb occurs to
50 Master dEb input Master. This will ensure that dEb also occurs to Slave, then
Master and Slave will stop simultaneously.

Selection for PLC mode PLC status bit 1 bit 0

51
(bit 0) Disable PLC function (PLC 0) 0 0
Trigger PLC to operate (PLC 1) 0 1
Selection for PLC mode Trigger PLC to stop (PLC 2) 1
52
(bit 1) No function 1 1

Trigger CANopen quick When this function is enabled under CANopen control, it will
53
stop change to quick stop. Refer to Chapter 15 for more details.

Use Pr. 00-29 to select LOCAL / REMOTE mode (refer to Pr.

00-29).
LOCAL / REMOTE When Pr. 00-29 is not set to 0, the digital keypad KPC-CC01
56
selection (optional) will display the status of LOC / REM.
bit 0
REM 0
LOC 1

Auxiliary frequency will be forced to return 0 when using this

function; PID will keep operating if PID is master frequency.
Auxiliary frequency is
70 (When Pr. 00-35 ≠ 0, master frequency is enabled, selecting
forced to 0
this function valid by terminal to force closing the auxiliary
frequency = 0)
When master and auxiliary frequency are enabled and using PID
Disable PID function, PID function, PID will not operate if setting terminal contact of this
71
output is forced to 0 parameter ON, integral value return to zero, and PID output is
forced to zero.
Master and auxiliary frequency are enabled and using PID
Disable PID function,
function, PID will not operate if setting terminal contact of this
72 remain the output value
parameter ON. Output value can be maintained at the value
before disabled
before PID is disabled.
When setting terminal contact of this parameter ON, PID
PID integral gain is forced
73 continues to operate, integral control is disabled, and integral
to 0, integral disabled
value return to zero.
When setting terminal contact of this parameter ON, PID
74 PID feedback reversed negative feedback will become positive feedback; PID positive
feedback will become negative feedback.
Use this function as trigger terminal for simple positioning with
Zero point position signal
Pr. 01.20~01.25. This function is for simple positioning,
81 input of simple
positioning accuracy should be evaluated by the user. Refer to
positioning
Pr. 01-25 for more details.

12.1-02-8

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Settings Functions Descriptions

OOB (Out Of Balance Detection) function can be used with
PLC program in washing machine system. When the contact of
OOB loading balance
82 this function is ON, receiving ∆θ value by Pr. 07-46 and Pr.
detection
07-47. PLC or higher level controller will decide the operation
speed of motor according to this ∆θ value.
When the contact of this function is ON, parameters can be
Multi-motors (IM) changed (Pr. 01.01~01.06, Pr. 01.26~01.43, Pr. 07.18~07.38,
83
selection bit 0 Pr. 07.00~07.06)
Example: MI1 = 27, MI2 = 28
When MI1 OFF, MI2 OFF: motor 1
Multi-motors (IM) MI1 ON, MI2 OFF: motor 2
84
selection bit 1 MI1 OFF, MI2 ON: motor 3
MI1 ON, MI1 ON: motor 4

 UP / DOWN Key Mode

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: UP / DOWN by the accel. / decel. time
1: UP / DOWN constant speed (Pr. 02-10)
2: Pulse signal (Pr. 02-10)
3: External terminals UP / DOWN key mode

 Constant Speed. the Accel. / Decel. Speed of the UP / DOWN Key

Factory Setting: 0.001
Settings 0.001~1.000 Hz / ms
 These settings are used when multi-function input terminals are set to 19, 20 (UP / DOWN
Command). The frequency increases / decreases according to Pr. 02-09 and Pr. 02-10.
 Pr. 11-00 bit 7 = 1, frequency is not saved. The frequency command returns to zero when the
drive stops, and the displayed frequency is 0.00 Hz. The frequency increases / decreases
command by using UP / DOWN key is valid only when the drive is running.
 When Pr. 02-09 set to 0: increasing / decreasing frequency command (F) according to the setting
of acceleration / deceleration (Refer to Pr. 01-12~01-19)

Fr eq ue n cy

Fr eq ue n cy
co mma nd

Inc re as ed b y ac cel e ra tio n tim e

T ime

Mu lti - fun cti on i np u t ter mi na l 19 ON OFF

fr eq u en cy inc re as ed co mma nd
12.1-02-9

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 When Pr. 02-09 set to 1: increasing / decreasing frequency command (F) according to the setting
of Pr. 02-10 (0.01~1.00 Hz/ms).

Frequenc y

Frequenc y
c ommand
In cr e a se b y 0 .0 1 - 1 .0 0 Hz/ms

Time

Multi-func tion input terminal 19 ON O FF

frequency increased c ommand
ON time > 2ms

 Multi-function Input Response Time

Factory Setting: 0.005
Settings 0.000~30.000 sec.
 This parameter is used to set the response time of digital input terminals MI1~MI7.
 This function is used for digital input terminal signal delay and confirmation. The delay time is
confirmation time to prevent some uncertain interference that would cause error in the input of
the digital terminals. Under this condition, confirmation for this parameter would improve
effectively, but the response time will be delayed.

 Multi-function Input Mode Selection

Factory Setting: 0000
Settings 0000h~FFFFh (0: N.O.; 1: N.C.)
 The setting of this parameter is in hexadecimal.
 This parameter is to set the status of multi-function input signal (0: Normal Open；1: Normal Close)
and it is not affected by the status of SINK / SOURCE.
 bit 0 ~ bit 6 correspond to MI1 ~ MI7 respectively.
 bit 0 (MI1) default is FWD terminal, bit 1 (MI2) default is REV terminal. This parameter cannot be
used to change input mode when Pr. 02-00 ≠ 0.
 User can change terminal ON / OFF status by communicating.
For example: MI3 is set to 1 (multi-stage speed command 1), MI4 is set to 2 (multi-stage speed
command 2). Then the forward + 2nd stage speed command = 10012 = 910
As long as Pr. 02-12 = 9 be set by communication, there is no need to make wiring of any
multi-function terminal to run forward with 2nd stage speed.

bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0

MI7 MI6 MI5 MI4 MI3 MI2 MI1

 Use Pr. 11-42 bit 1 to select whether FWD / REV terminal is controlled by Pr. 02-12 bit 0 and bit 1.

12.1-02-10

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Multi-function Output 1 (Relay1)

Factory Setting: 11
 Multi-function Output 2 (MO1)
 Multi-function Output 3 (MO2)
Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: No function
1: Operation indication
2: Operation speed attained
3: Desired frequency attained 1 (Pr. 02-22)
4: Desired frequency attained 2 (Pr. 02-24)
5: Zero speed (Frequency command)
6: Zero speed, include STOP (Frequency command)
7: Over torque 1 (Pr. 06-06~06-08)
8: Over torque 2 (Pr. 06-09~06-11)
9: Drive is ready
10: Low voltage warning (LV) (Pr. 06-00)
11: Malfunction indication
13: Overheat warning (Pr. 06-15)
14: Software brake signal indication (Pr. 07-00)
15: PID feedback error
16: Slip error (oSL)
17: Count value attained (Pr. 02-20; not return to 0)
18: Count value attained (Pr. 02-19; returns to 0)
19: External interrupt B.B. input (Base Block)
20: Warning output
21: Over voltage warning
22: Over-current stall prevention warning
23: Over-voltage stall prevention warning
24: Operation source
25: Forward command
26: Reverse command
29: Output when frequency ≧ Pr.02-34 (≧ 02-34)
30: Output when frequency < Pr.02-34 (< 02-34)
31: Y-connection for the motor coil
32: △-connection for the motor coil
33: Zero speed (actual output frequency)
34: Zero speed include stop (actual output frequency)
35: Error output selection 1 (Pr. 06-23)
36: Error output selection 2 (Pr. 06-24)
37: Error output selection 3 (Pr. 06-25)
38: Error output selection 4 (Pr. 06-26)

12.1-02-11

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

40: Speed attained (including Stop)

42: Crane function
43: Motor actual speed output < Pr. 02-47
44: Low current output (Pr. 06-71 to Pr. 06-73)
45: UVW magnetic contactor ON / OFF switch
46: Master dEb signal output
50: Output for CANopen control
52: Output for communication card control
66: SO output logic A
67: Analog input level reached output
68: SO output logic B
73: Over torque 3
74: Over torque 4
 This parameter is used to set the function of multi-function terminals.
Summary of function settings
(Take N.O. normally open contact for example, ON: contact is closed)
Settings Functions Descriptions
0 No Function Output terminal with no function
1 Indication during RUN Active when the drive is not at STOP.
Operating speed Active when output frequency of drive reaches to the setting
2
attained frequency.
Desired frequency
3 Active when the desired frequency (Pr. 02-22) is attained.
attained 1 (Pr. 02-22)
Desired frequency
4 Active when the desired frequency (Pr. 02-24) is attained.
attained 2 (Pr. 02-24)
Zero speed (frequency Active when frequency command = 0. (the drive must be at RUN
5
command) status)
Zero speed, include
6 STOP (frequency Active when frequency command = 0 or stops.
command)
Active when the drive detects over-torque. Pr. 06-07 is for setting
the over-torque detection level (motor 1), and Pr. 06-08 is for
7 Over torque 1
setting over-torque detection time (motor 1).
Refer to Pr. 06-06~06-08.
Active when the drive detects over-torque. Pr. 06-10 is for setting
the over-torque detection level (motor 2), and Pr. 06-11 is for
8 Over torque 2
setting over-torque detection time (motor 2).
Refer to Pr. 06-09~06-11.
9 Drive is ready Active when the drive is ON with no abnormality detected.
Active when the DC Bus voltage is too low.
10 Low voltage warn (LV)
(refer to Pr. 06-00 low voltage level)

12.1-02-12

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Settings Functions Descriptions

11 Malfunction indication Active when fault occurs (except Lv stop).
Active when IGBT or heat sink overheats to prevent OH turn off
13 Overheat
the drive. (refer to Pr. 06-15)
Software brake signal
14 Active when the soft brake function is ON. (refer to Pr. 07-00)
indication
15 PID feedback error Active when the PID feedback signal error is detected.
16 Slip error (oSL) Active when the slip error is detected.
When the drive executes external counter, this contact will active if
Count value attained the count value is equal to the setting value of Pr. 02-20. This
17
(Pr. 02-20) contact will not active when the setting value of Pr. 02-20 > Pr.
02-19.
Count value attained When the drive executes external counter, this contact will active if
18
(Pr. 02-19) the count value is equal to the setting value of Pr. 02-19.
External interrupt B.B. Active when external interrupt (B.B.) stop output occurs in the
19
input (Base Block) drive.
20 Warning output Active when the warning is detected.
21 Over-voltage warning Active when the over-voltage is detected.
Over-current stall
22 Active when the over-current stall prevention is detected.
prevention warning
Over-voltage stall
23 Active when the over-voltage stall prevention is detected.
prevention warning
Active when the source of operation command is controlled by
24 Operation source
digital keypad. (Pr. 00-21 = 0)
25 Forward command Active when the operation direction is forward.
26 Reverse command Active when the operation direction is reverse.
Output when frequency
29 Active when frequency is ≥ Pr. 02-34. (Actual output H ≥ Pr. 02-34)
≥ Pr. 02-34
Output when frequency
30 Active when frequency is < Pr. 02-34. (Actual output H < Pr. 02-34)
< Pr. 02-34
Y-connection for the Active when Pr. 05-24 = 1, frequency output is lower than Pr.
31
motor coil 05-23 minus 2 Hz, and time is longer than Pr. 05-25.
△-connection for the Active when Pr. 05-24 = 1, frequency output is higher than Pr.
32
motor coil 05-23 plus 2 Hz, , and time is longer than Pr. 05-25.
Zero speed (actual Active when the actual output frequency is 0.
33
output frequency) (the drive should be in RUN mode)
Zero speed include stop
34 Active when the actual output frequency is 0 or stop.
(actual output frequency)
Error output selection 1
35 Active when Pr. 06-23 is ON.
(Pr. 06-23)

12.1-02-13

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Settings Functions Descriptions

Error output selection 2
36 Active when Pr. 06-24 is ON.
(Pr. 06-24)
Error Output Selection 3
37 Active when Pr. 06-25 is ON.
(Pr. 06-25)
Error Output Selection 4
38 Active when Pr. 06-26 is ON.
(Pr. 06-26)
Speed attained Active when the output frequency attains to setting frequency or
40
(including Stop) stop.
This function should be used with Pr. 02-32, Pr. 02-33, Pr. 02-34,
Pr. 02-57 and Pr. 02-58.
Active when setting Pr. 07-16 = Pr.02-34, Fcmd > Pr. 02-34,
42 Crane function output current > Pr. 02-33 and time > Pr. 02-32; multi-function
output setting = 42 crane function.
The example of the crane application is as follows for your
reference.
Motor actual speed
43 Active when motor actual speed is less than Pr. 02-47.
output < Pr. 02-47
44 Low current output This function is used with Pr. 06-71 ~ Pr. 06-73.
Use this function with external terminal input = 49 (drive enabled) and
external terminal output = 45 (electromagnetic contractor enabled),
then the magnetic contactor will be ON or OFF according to the
status of drive.

En abl e

C onta cto r
UVW magnetic contactor
45
ON / OFF switch MC
AC Drive
U (T1 ) Mo to r
V(T2 )
IM
3~
W(T3 )

MOx=45

MIx=49

When dEb arises at Master, MO will send a dEb signal to Slave.

Output the message when dEb occurs to Master. This will ensure
46 Master dEb signal output
that dEb also occurs to Slave. Then Slave will follow the
decelerate time of Master to stop simultaneously.

12.1-02-14

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Settings Functions Descriptions

Control multi-function output terminals by CANopen.
The mapping table of the CANopen DO is as follows:
Setting of
Physical
related Attribute Corresponding index
terminal
parameters
2026-41
Output for CANopen RY1 Pr. 2-13 = 50 RW
50 bit 0 of initial value 0x01
control
2026-41
MO1 Pr. 2-16 = 50 RW
bit 3 of initial value 0x01
2026-41
MO2 Pr. 2-17 = 50 RW
bit 4 of initial value 0x01
Refer to Chapter 15-3-5 for more information.
Control output by communication cards (CMM-MOD01,
CMM-EIP01, CMM-PN01, CMM-DN01)
Output for Physical Setting of related Corresponding
Attribute
52 communication card terminal parameters Address
RY Pr. 02-13 = 51 RW bit 0 of 2640
control
MO1 Pr. 02-16 = 51 RW bit 3 of 2640
MO2 Pr. 02-17 = 51 RW bit 4 of 2640

Status of Status of safety output

66 SO output logic A drive Status A (MO = 66) Status B (MO = 68)
Broken circuit Short circuit
Normal
(Open) (Close)
Broken circuit
STO Short circuit (Close)
(Open)
68 SO output logic B
Broken circuit
STL1~STL3 Short circuit (Close)
(Open)

Multi-function output terminals operate when analog input level is

between high level and low level.
03-44: Select one of the analog input channels (AVI, ACI) to be
Analog input level compared.
67
reached output 03-45: The high level of analog input, factory setting is 50 %.
03-46: The low level of analog input, factory setting is 10 %.
If analog input > 03-45, multi-function output terminal operates.
If analog input < 03-46, multi-function output terminal stops output.
Active when over torque is detected. Pr. 14-75 is for setting
73 Over torque 3 over-torque detection level. Pr. 14-76 is for setting over-torque
detection time. (Refer to Pr. 14-74~14-76)
Active when over torque is detected. Pr. 14-78 is for setting
74 Over torque 4 over-torque detection level. Pr. 14-79 is for setting over-torque
detection time. (Refer to Pr. 14-77~14-79)

12.1-02-15

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Example of crane application:

It is recommended to be used with Dwell function as shown as follows:

 Multi-function Output Direction

Factory Setting: 0000
Settings 0000h~FFFFh (0:N.O.; 1:N.C.)
 The setting of this parameter is in hexadecimal.
 This parameter is set via bit setting. If the bit is 1, the corresponding multi-function output acts in
the opposite way.
Example:
If Pr. 02-13 = 1 (Indicate when operating). If output is positive, bit is set to 0, then Relay 1 is ON
when the drive runs and is OFF when the drive stops. On the contrary, if action is reversed, bit is
set to 1, then Relay is OFF when the drive runs and is ON when the drive stops.

bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0

MO2 MO1 reserved reserved RY

12.1-02-16

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Terminal Counting Value Attained (return to 0)

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0~65500
 This parameter needs to use KPC-CC01 (optional).
 Input point of the counter can be set by multi-function terminal MI6 as a trigger terminal (set
Pr. 02-06 to 23). When counting completed, the specified multi-function output terminal will be
activated (Pr. 02-13, Pr. 02-36, Pr. 02-37 is set to 18). Pr. 02-19 cannot be set to 0 at this time.
 When displayed c5555, the drive has counted 5,555 times. If displayed c5555 , the actual count
value is 55,550 ~ 55,559.

 Preliminary Counting Value Attained (not return to 0)

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0~65500
 This parameter needs to use KPC-CC01 (optional).
 When the count value counts from 1 to attain this value, the corresponding multi-function output
terminal will be activated (Pr. 02-13, Pr. 02-36, Pr. 02-37 is set to 17). This parameter can be used
for the end of counting to make the drive runs from the low speed to stop.
Time series diagram is shown below:

1.0 msec
Displayed value
[00-04=01]
TRG [0 2 - 0 6 =2 3 ]
Ext ernal counter trigger signal

(Output signal) 1.0 msec

The width of trigger signal
Multi-function output terminal
Attain count assigned 02-20= 3
RY1 Pr.02-13=17 02-13, 02-14, 02-36, 02-37

 Digital Output Gain (DFM)

Factory Setting: 1
Settings 1~55
 It is used to set the signal for the digital output terminals (DFM-DCM) and digital frequency output
(pulse, work period = 50 %). Output pulse per second = output frequency X Pr. 02-21.

 Desired Frequency Attained 1

Factory Setting: 60.00 / 50.00
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
 The Width of the Desired Frequency Attained 1
Factory Setting: 2.00
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
 Desired Frequency Attained 2
Factory Setting: 60.00 / 50.00
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz

12.1-02-17

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 The Width of the Desired Frequency Attained 2

Factory Setting: 2.00
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
 Once output speed (frequency) reaches desired speed (frequency), if the corresponding
multi-function output terminal is set to 3 ~ 4 (Pr. 02-13, Pr. 02-36, and Pr. 02-37), this
multi-function output terminal will be “closed”.
H
Fcmd=60Hz

42Hz
02-24=40Hz 40Hz
02-25=2Hz 38Hz

12Hz
02-22=10Hz 10Hz
02-23=2Hz 8Hz

T
02-13,02-14,
=3
02-36,02-37,

02-13,02-14,
02-36,02-37, =4

 Output Frequency Setting for Multi-function Output Terminal

Factory Setting: 0.00
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
 When output frequency is ≥ Pr. 02-34 (actual output H ≥ 02-34), the multi-function terminal
(Pr. 02-13, 02-16, 02-17) be set to 29 will activate.
 When output frequency is < Pr. 02-34 (actual output H < 02-34), the multi-function terminal
(Pr. 02-13, 02-16, 02-17) be set to 30 will activate.

 External Operation Control Selection after Reset and Activate

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Disable
1: Drive runs if the run command still exists after reset or re-boots.
Set value is 1:
 Status 1: After the drive is powered on and the external terminal for RUN keeps ON, the drive will
run.
 Status 2: After clearing fault once a fault is detected and the external terminal for RUN keeps ON,
the drive can run after pressing RESET key.

 Zero-speed Level of Motor

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0~65535 rpm
 This parameter should be used with the multi-function output terminals set to 43. Required to be
used with PG cared and motor with encoder feedback.

12.1-02-18

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 This parameter is used to set the level of motor at zero-speed. When the actual speed is lower
than this setting, the corresponding multi-function output terminal which is set to 43 will be ON,
as shown below:

a ctua l mo tor
sp ee d

0 2- 47

MO =d 43
Ti me

Display the Status of Multi-function Input Terminal

Factory Setting: Read only
Settings Monitor the status of multi-function input terminals
Weights
Weights
Bit

0=ON
1=OFF

 For Example:
If Pr. 02-50 displays 0034h (Hex), i.e. the value is 52 (decimal), and 110100 (binary). It means
MI3, MI5 and MI6 are ON.

Weights
Bit
Settings

NOTE

Status of Multi-function Output Terminal

Factory Setting: Read
only
Settings Monitor the status of multi-function output terminals
 For Example:
When Pr. 02-51 displays 000Bh (hex), i.e. the value is 11 (decimal), and switched to 1011 (binary)
which means RY. MO1 is at ON status.

Weights
Bit Relay

0=ON Reserved
1=OFF Reserved
NOTE
MO1
MO2

12.1-02-19

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Display External Multi-function Input Terminal Used by PLC

Factory Setting: Read only
Settings Monitor the status of PLC input terminals
 Pr. 02-52 displays the external multi-function input terminal that used by PLC.

Weights
Weights
Bit

0=ON
1=OFF

 For Example:
When Pr. 02-52 displays 0034h (hex) and switched to 110100 (binary), it means MI3, MI5 and
MI6 are used by PLC.

Weights Not used by PLC

Bit Used by PLC
Displays

NOTE

Display External Multi-function Output Terminal Occupied by PLC

Factory Setting: Read only
Settings Monitor the status of PLC output terminals
 Pr. 02-53 displays the external multi-function output terminal that used by PLC.
 For Example:
When Pr. 02-51 displays 000Bh (hex), i.e. the value is 11 (decimal), and switched to 1011 (binary)
which means RY. MO1 is at ON status.

Weights
Bit Relay

0=ON Reserved
1=OFF Reserved
NOTE
MO1
MO2

12.1-02-20

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 For Example:
If the value of Pr. 02-53 displays 0003h (hex), it means RY is used by PLC.

0=Not used by PLC

1=Used by PLC
Weights
Bit Relay
Reserved Displayed value
Reserved
MO1
MO2

Display Memory of Frequency Command Used by External Terminal

Factory Setting: Read only
Settings Read only
 When the source of frequency command set as external terminal, if Lv or Fault occurs at this time,
the frequency command of external terminal will be saved in this parameter.

 Multi-function Output Terminal: Function 42: Brake Frequency Checking Point

Factory setting: 0.00
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
 Pr. 02-34 can be used with Pr. 02-58 for crane function. (Choose crane action # 42 to set up
multi-function output Pr. 02-13, Pr. 02-16, and Pr. 02-17)
 When output frequency of the drive is higher than the setting of Pr. 02-34 set frequency level
(≥ Pr. 02-34), choose # 42 to set up multi-function output terminal.
 When the output frequency is lower than the setting of Pr. 02-58 (< Pr. 02-58), choose # 42 to
disable multi-function output terminal.

Deceleration Ratio for Motor

Factory setting: 200.0
Settings 4.0~1000.0
Automatic Positioning Angle Setting
Factory setting:180.0
Settings 0.0~6480.0
 Automatic Positioning Deceleration Time
Factory setting: 0.00
Settings 0.00 Function disable
0.01~100.00 s
 0.00 automatic positioning function is invalid.

 EF Active when Terminal Count Value Attained

Factory setting: 0
Settings 0: Terminal count value attained, no EF display (Continue to operate)
1: Terminal count value attained, EF active

12.1-02-21

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Initial Frequency Command (F) Mode after Stop

Factory setting: 0
Settings 0: By current freq. command
1: By zero freq. command
2: Refer to Pr. 02-83 to set up
 Initial Frequency Command (F) Setting after Stop
Factory setting: 60.00
Settings 0.00~599.0 Hz

12.1-02-22

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

03 Analog Input / Output Parameter  This parameter can be set during operation.

 Analog Input Selection (AVI)

Factory Setting: 1
 Analog Input Selection (ACI)
Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: No function
1: Frequency command
4: PID target value
5: PID feedback signal
6: PTC thermistor input value
11: PT100 thermistor input value
12: Auxiliary frequency input
13: PID compensation value
 When using analog input as PID reference value, Pr. 00-20 must set 2 (analog input).
Pr. 03-00~03-01 set 1 as PID reference input
If the setting value 1 and set value 4 exist at the same time, AVI input has highest priority to
become PID reference input.
 When using analog input as PID compensation value, Pr. 08-16 must set 1 (Source of PID
compensation is analog input). The compensation value can be observed via Pr. 08-17.
 When it is frequency command, the corresponding value for 0 ~ ± 10V / 4~20 mA is 0 ~ max.
output frequency (Pr. 01-00).
 When it is torque command, the corresponding value for 0 ~ ± 10V / 4~20 mA is 0 ~ max. output
torque (Pr.11-27).
 When it is torque compensation, the corresponding value for 0 ~ ± 10V / 4~20 mA is 0 ~ rated
torque.
 When the setting of Pr. 03-00~Pr. 03-01 is the same, the AVI will be selected first.

 Analog Input Bias (AVI)

Factory Setting: 0
Settings -100.0~100.0 %
 It is used to set the corresponding AVI voltage of the external analog input 0.

 Analog Input Bias (ACI)

Factory Setting: 0
Settings -100.0~100.0 %
 It is used to set the corresponding ACI voltage of the external analog input 0.

 Positive / Negative Bias Mode (AVI)

 Positive / Negative Bias Mode (ACI)
Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Zero bias
1: Lower than or equal to bias
2: Greater than or equal to bias

12.1-03-1

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

3: The absolute value of the bias voltage while serving as the center
4: Serve bias as the center
 In a noisy environment, it is advantageous to use negative bias to provide a noise margin. It is
recommended NOT to use less than 1V to set the operation frequency.

 Reverse Setting when Analog Signal Input is Negative Frequency

Factory Setting: 0
0: Negative frequency input is not allowed. Forward and reverse run is
Settings
controlled by digital keypad or external terminal.
1: Negative frequency input is allowed. Positive frequency = forward run;
negative frequency = reverse run. Run direction can not be switched by
digital keypad or the external terminal control.
 Pr. 03-10 is used to enable reverse run command when a negative frequency (negative bias and
gain) is input to AVI or ACI analog signal input.
 Condition for negative frequency (reverse)
1. Pr. 03-10 = 1
2. Bias mode = Serve bias as center
3. Corresponded analog input gain < 0 (negative), make input frequency be negative.
In using addition function of analog input (Pr. 03-18 = 1), when analog signal is negative after
adding, this parameter can be set for allowing reverse or not. The result after adding will be
restricted by “Condition for negative frequency (reverse)”

In the diagram below:

 Black line: curve with no bias.
 Gray line: curve with bias

Diagram 01

12.1-03-2

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Diagram 02

Diagram 03

Diagram 04

12.1-03-3

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Diagram 05

Diagram 06

Diagram 07

12.1-03-4

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Diagram 08

Diagram 09

Diagram 10

12.1-03-5

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Diagram 11

Diagram 12

Diagram 13

12.1-03-6

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Diagram 14

Diagram 15

Diagram 16

12.1-03-7

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Diagram 17

Diagram 18

Diagram 19

12.1-03-8

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Diagram 20

Diagram 21

Diagram 22

12.1-03-9

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Diagram 23

Diagram 24

Diagram 25

12.1-03-10

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Diagram 26

Diagram 27

Diagram 28

12.1-03-11

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Diagram 29

Diagram 30

Diagram 31

12.1-03-12

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Diagram 32

 Analog Input Gain (AVI)

 Analog Input Gain (ACI)
Factory Setting: 100.0
Settings -500.0~500.0 %
 Pr. 03-03 to 03-14 are used when the source of frequency command is the analog voltage /
current signal.

 Analog Input Filter Time (AVI)

 Analog Input Filter Time (ACI)
Factory Setting: 0.01
Settings 0.00~20.00 sec.
 These input delays can be used to filter noisy analog signal.
 When the setting of the time constant is too large, the control will be stable but the control
response will be slow. When the setting of time constant is too small, the control response will be
faster but the control may be unstable. To find the optimal setting, please adjust the setting
according to the control stable or response status.

 Addition Function of the Analog Input

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Disable (AVI, ACI)
1: Enable (Exclude analog extension card)
 When Pr. 03-18 is set to 1:
EX1: Pr. 03-00 = Pr. 03-01 = 1 Frequency command = AVI + ACI
 When Pr. 03-18 is set to 0 and the analog input setting is the same, the priority for AVI, ACI and
AVI > ACI

12.1-03-13

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Signal Loss Selection of Analog Input 4-20 mA

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Disable
1: Continue operation at the last frequency
2: Decelerate to 0 Hz
3: Stop immediately and display ACE
 This parameter determines the behavior when 4~20 mA signal is loss, when ACIc (03-29 = 0).
 When Pr. 03-29≠0, it means the voltage input to ACI terminal is 0~10V or 0~20mA. At this
moment, Pr. 03-19 will be invalid.
 When setting is 1 or 2, it will display warning code “ANL” on the keypad. It will be blinking until the
loss of the ACI signal is recovered.
 When the motor drive stops, the condition of warning does not exist, then the warning will
disappear.

 Multi-function Output 1 (AFM)

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0~23

Function Chart

Settings Functions Descriptions

0 Output frequency (Hz) Max. frequency Pr. 01-00 is regarded as 100 %.
1 Frequency command (Hz) Max. frequency Pr. 01-00 is regarded as 100 %.
2 Motor speed (Hz) Max. frequency Pr. 01-00 is regarded as 100 %
3 Output current (rms) (2.5 X rated current) is regarded as 100 %
4 Output voltage (2 X rated voltage) is regarded as 100 %
5 DC BUS voltage 450V (900V) = 100 %
6 Power factor -1.000~1.000 = 100 %
7 Power (2 X rated voltage) is regarded as 100 %
9 AVI 0~10 V = 0~100 %
10 ACI 4~20 mA = 0~100 %
12 Iq current command (2.5 X rated current) is regarded as 100 %
13 Iq feedback value (2.5 X rated current) is regarded as 100 %
14 Id current command (2.5 X rated current) is regarded as 100 %
15 Id feedback value (2.5 X rated current) is regarded as 100 %

12.1-03-14

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Settings Functions Descriptions

16 Vq-axis voltage command 250V (500V) = 100 %
17 Vd-axis voltage command 250V (500V) = 100 %
19 PG2 frequency command Max. frequency Pr. 01-00 is regarded as 100 %.
20 CANopen analog output For CANopen communication analog output
21 RS-485 analog output For InnerCOM analog output
Communication card analog For communication analog output (CMM-MOD01,
22
output CMM-EIP01, CMM-PN01, CMM-DN01)
Pr. 03-32 controls voltage/current output level
23 Constant voltage output
0~100 % of Pr. 03-32 corresponds to 0~10V of AFM.

 Gain of Analog Output (AFM)

Factory Setting: 100.0
Settings 0~500.0 %
 This function is used to adjust the voltage level outputted to analog meter head from analog
signal (Pr. 03-20) output terminal AFM of drive.

 Analog Output when in REV Direction (AFM)

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Absolute value of output voltage
1: Reverse output 0 V; Positive output 0~10 V
2: Reverse output 5~0 V; Positive output 5~10 V

Freq. Freq. Freq.

Analog output direction selection

 AFM Output Bias

Factory Setting: 0.00
Settings -100.00~100.00 %
 Example 1, AFM 0~10V is set output frequency, the output equation is
Output Frequency
10V  ( )  03 - 24  10V  03 - 27
01 - 00

 Example 2, AFM 0~20 mA is set output frequency, the output equation is

Output Frequency
20mA  ( )  03 - 24  20mA  03 - 27
01 - 00

12.1-03-15

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Example 3, AFM 4~20 mA is set output frequency, the output equation is

Output Frequency
4mA  16mA  ( )  03 - 24  16mA  03 - 27
01 - 00
 This parameter can set the corresponding voltage of analog output 0.

 AVI Terminal Input Selection

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: 0~10 V
3: -10 V ~ +10 V (Pr. 03-69 ~ 03-74 is valid)
 ACI Terminal Input Selection
Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: 4~20 mA
1: 0~10 V
2: 0~20 mA
 When changing the input mode, please check if the switch position of external terminal (ACI) is
correct or not.

Status of PLC Analog Output Terminal

Factory Setting: Read only
Settings Monitor the status of PLC analog output terminals

bit 1: AFM
bit 2: AO10
bit 3: AO11

 P. 03-30 shows the external multi-function output terminal that used by PLC.

0=ON
1=OFF
Weights 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 AFM 1
AFM 2
NOTE
7 6
2 =128 2 =64
5 4 3
2 =32 2 =16 2 =8
2 1 0
2 =4 2 =2 2 =1

 For Example:
If the value of Pr. 03-30 displays 0002h (Hex), it means AFM is used by PLC.
0 =N o t u se d b y P L C
1 =U se d b y P L C
W e ig h t s 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20
B it 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 AFM 1
AFM 2
D is p la y v a lu e
1 0
2 = 1x 2 + 0 x 2
= bit 1x 2 + bit 0 x 2
1 0

12.1-03-16

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 AFM Output Selection

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: 0~10 V output
1: 0~20 mA output
2: 4~20 mA output
 AFM DC Output Setting Level
Factory Setting: 0.00
Settings 0.00~100.00 %

AFM Filter Output Time
Factory Setting: 0.01
Settings 0.00~20.00 Sec.
 VR Input Selection
Factory Setting: 1
Settings 0：Disable
1：Frequency command
 VR Input Bias
Factory Setting: 0.0
Settings -100~100 %
 VR Positive / Negative Bias
Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: No bias
1: Lower than or equal to bias
2: Greater than or equal to bias
3: The absolute value of the bias voltage while serving as the center
4: Serve bias as the center
 VR Gain
Factory Setting: 100.0
Settings -500.0~500.0 %
VR Filter Time
Factory Setting: 0.01
Settings 0~2.00 sec.
 Multi-function MO Output by Source of AI Level
Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: AVI
1: ACI
 AI Upper Level 1
Factory Setting: 50
Settings -100 %~100 %
 AI Lower Level 2
Factory Setting: 10
Settings -100 %~100 %
12.1-03-17

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 This function requires working with Multi-function Output item “67” Analog signal level achieved.
The MO active when AI input level is higher than Pr. 03-45 AI Upper level. The MO shutoffs when
the AI input is lower that Pr. 03-46 AI Lower level.
 AI Upper level must be higher than AI Lower level

 Analog Input Curve Selection

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Regular Curve
1: 3 point curve of AVI (& AI10)
2: 3 point curve of ACI (& AI11)
3: 3 point curve of AVI & ACI (& AI10 & AI11)
(AI10, AI11 is valid when extension card is installed)
 ACI Lowest Point
Factory Setting: 4.00
Settings Pr. 03-29 = 1, 0.00~10.00 V
Pr. 03-29 ≠ 1, 0.00~20.00 mA
 ACI Proportional Lowest Point
Factory Setting: 0.00
Settings 0.00~100.00 %
 ACI Mid-point
Factory Setting: 12.00
Settings 03-29 = 1, 0.00~10.00 V
03-29 ≠ 1, 0.00~20.00 mA
 ACI Proportional Mid-point
Factory Setting: 50.00
Settings 0.00~100.00 %
 ACI Highest Point
Factory Setting: 20.00
Settings 03-29 = 1, 0.00~10.00 V
03-29 ≠ 1, 0.00~20.00 mA
 ACI Proportional Highest Point
Factory Setting: 100.00
Settings 0.00~100.00 %
 When Pr. 03-29 = 1, ACI setting is 0-10 V and the unit is in voltage (V).
 When Pr. 03-29 ≠ 1, ACI setting is 0-20 mA or 4-20 mA and the unit is in current (mA).
 When setting analog input ACI to frequency command, it 100 % corresponds to Fmax (Pr. 01-00
Max. operation frequency).
 The 3 parameters (Pr. 03-57, Pr. 03-59 and Pr. 03-61) must meet the following argument:
Pr. 03-57 < Pr. 03-59 < Pr. 03-61. The 3 proportional points (Pr. 03-58, Pr. 03-60 and Pr. 03-62)
doesn’t have any limit. Between two points is a linear calculation.
 The output % will become 0 % when the ACI input value is lower than low point setting.

12.1-03-18

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

For example:
If Pr. 03-57 = 2 mA; Pr. 03-58 = 10 %, then the output will become 0 % when AVI input is ≦
2mA. If the ACI input is swing between 2 mA and 2.1 mA, drive’s output frequency will beats
between 0 % and 10 %.

 AVI Voltage Lowest Point

Factory Setting: 0.00
Settings 0.00~10.00 V
 AVI Voltage Proportional Lowest Point
Factory Setting: 0.00
Settings -100.00~100.00 %
 AVI Voltage Mid-point
Factory Setting: 5.00
Settings 0.00~10.00 V
 AVI Voltage Proportional Mid-point
Factory Setting: 50.00
Settings -100.00~100.00 %
 AVI Voltage Highest Point
Factory Setting: 10.00
Settings 0.00~10.00 V
 AVI Voltage Proportional Highest Point
Factory Setting: 100.00
Settings -100.00~100.00 %
 When setting positive voltage AVI to frequency command, it 100 % corresponds to Fmax
(Pr. 01-00 Max. operation frequency) and the motor runs in forward direction.
 The 3 parameters (Pr. 03-63, Pr. 03-65 and Pr. 03-67) must meet the following argument:
Pr. 03-63 < Pr. 03-65 < Pr. 03-67. The 3 proportional points (Pr. 03-54, Pr. 03-66 and Pr. 03-68)
doesn’t have any limit. Between two points is a linear calculation.
 The output % will become 0 % when positive voltage AVI input value is lower than low point
setting.
For example:
If Pr. 03-63 = 1V; Pr. 03-64 = 10 %, then the output will become 0 % when AVI input is ≤ 1 V.
If input is swing between 1 V and 1.1 V, drive’s output frequency will beats between 0% and
10%.

 Negative AVI Voltage Lowest Point

Factory Setting: 0.00
Settings 0.00~ -10.00 V
(valid when Pr. 03-28 set as -10 V ~ +10 V)

12.1-03-19

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Negative AVI Voltage Proportional Lowest Point

Factory Setting: 0.00
Settings -100.00~100.00 %
(valid when Pr. 03-28 set as -10 V ~ +10 V)
 Negative AVI Voltage Mid-point
Factory Setting: -5.00
Settings 0.00~ -10.00 V
(valid when Pr. 03-28 set as -10 V ~ +10 V)
 Negative AVI Voltage Proportional Mid-point
Factory Setting: -50.00
Settings -100.00~100.00 %
(valid when Pr. 03-28 set as -10 V ~ +10 V)
 Negative AVI Voltage Highest Point
Factory Setting: -10.00
Settings 0.00~ -10.00 V
(valid when Pr. 03-28 set as -10 V ~ +10 V)
 Negative AVI Voltage Proportional Highest Point
Factory Setting: -100.00
Settings -100.00~100.00 %
(valid when Pr. 03-28 set as -10 V ~ +10 V)
 When setting negative voltage AVI to frequency command, it -100 % corresponds to Fmax
(Pr. 01-00 Max. operation frequency) and the motor runs in reverse direction.
 The 3 parameters (Pr. 03-69, Pr. 03-71 and Pr. 03-73) must meet the following argument:
Pr. 03-69 < Pr. 03-71 < Pr. 03-73 The 3 proportional points (Pr. 03-70, Pr. 03-72 and Pr. 03-74)
doesn’t have any limit. Between two points is a linear calculation.
 The output % will become 0% when the negative AVI input value is lower than low point setting.
For example:
If Pr. 03-63 = -1V; Pr. 03-64 = 10 %, then the output will become 0% when AVI input is ≧ -1V. If
the AVI input is swing between -1V and -1.1V, drive’s output frequency will beats between 0 %
and 10 %.

12.1-03-20

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

04 Multi-stage Speed Parameters  This parameter can be set during operation.

 1st Stage Speed Frequency

 2nd Stage Speed Frequency
 3rd Stage Speed Frequency
 4th Stage Speed Frequency
 5th Stage Speed Frequency
 6th Stage Speed Frequency
 7th Stage Speed Frequency
 8th Stage Speed Frequency
 9th Stage Speed Frequency
 10th Stage Speed Frequency
 11th Stage Speed Frequency
 12th Stage Speed Frequency
 13th Stage Speed Frequency
 14th Stage Speed Frequency
 15th Stage Speed Frequency
Factory Setting: 0.00
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
 The multi-function input terminals (refer to setting 1~4 of Pr. 02-01~02-07 Multi-function input
command) are used to select multi-stage speed command (max. is 15th stage speed). The
multi-stage speed (frequency) is set by Pr. 04-00 to 04-14 as shown in the following diagram.
 The run / stop command can be controlled by the external terminal / digital keypad /
communication via Pr. 00-21.
 Each multi-stage speed can be set within 0.00~599.00 Hz during operation.
 Explanation for the timing diagram of multi-stage speed and external terminals
The related parameter settings are:
1. Pr. 04-00~04-14: setting 1st ~15th multi-stage speed (to set the frequency of each stage speed)
2. Pr. 02-01~02-07: setting multi-function input terminals (multi-stage speed command 1~4)
 Related parameters:
 01-22 JOG frequency setting
 02-01 multi-function input command 1 (MI1)
 02-02 multi-function input command 2 (MI2)
 02-03 multi-function input command 3 (MI3)
 02-04 multi-function input command 4 (MI4)

12.1-04-1

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 PLC Buffer 0
 PLC Buffer 1
 PLC Buffer 2
 PLC Buffer 3
 PLC Buffer 4
 PLC Buffer 5
 PLC Buffer 6
 PLC Buffer 7
 PLC Buffer 8
 PLC Buffer 9
 PLC Buffer 10
 PLC Buffer 11
 PLC Buffer 12
 PLC Buffer 13
 PLC Buffer 14
 PLC Buffer 15
 PLC Buffer 16
 PLC Buffer 17
 PLC Buffer 18
 PLC Buffer 19
Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0~65535
 PLC buffer can be combined with built-in PLC function for a variety of applications.

12.1-04-2
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

05 Motor Parameters  This parameter can be set during operation.

Motor Parameter Auto Tuning

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: No function
1: Dynamic test for induction motor (IM)
2: Static test for induction motor (IM)
13: High frequency stall test for PM synchronous motor

Full-load Current of Induction Motor 1 (A)

Unit: Ampere
Factory Setting: #.##
Settings 10~120 % of drive’s rated current
 This value should be set according to the rated current of the motor as indicated on the motor
nameplate. The factory setting is 90 % of rated current.
Example: The rated current of 7.5 HP (5.5 kW) is 25 A, the factory setting is 22.5 A.
The setting range will be 2.5~30 A. (25 × 10 % = 2.5 A and 25 × 120 % = 30 A)

 Rated Power of Induction Motor 1 (kW)

Factory Setting: #.##
Settings 0~655.35 kW
 It is used to set rated power of motor 1. Factory setting is the power value of drive.

 Rated Speed of Induction Motor 1 (rpm)

Factory Setting: 1710
Settings 0~65535
1710 (60 Hz 4 poles); 1410 (50 Hz 4 poles)
 It is used to set the rated speed of the motor according to motor nameplate.

Pole Number of Induction Motor 1

Factory Setting: 4
Settings 2~20
 It is used to set the number of motor poles (must be an even number).
 Set up Pr. 01-01 and Pr. 05-03 before setting up Pr. 05-04 to make sure motor operates normally.

No-load Current of Induction Motor 1 (A)

Unit: Ampere
Factory Setting: #.##
Settings 0~Pr. 05-01 factory setting
 The factory setting is 40 % of the motor rated current.

12.1-05-1

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Stator Resistance (Rs) of Induction Motor 1

Rotor Resistance (Rr) of Induction Motor 1
Factory Setting: #.###
Settings 0~65.53 5 Ω

Magnetizing Inductance (Lm) of Induction Motor 1

Stator inductance (Lx) of Induction Motor 1
Factory Setting: #.#
Settings 0~6553.5 mH

Full-load Current of Induction Motor 2 (A)

Unit: Ampere
Factory Setting: #.##
Settings 10~120 % of drive’s rated current
 This value should be set according to the rated frequency of the motor as indicated on the motor
nameplate. The factory setting is 90 % of rated current.
Example: The rated current of 7.5 HP (5.5 kW) is 25 A, the factory setting is 22.5 A.
The setting range will be 2.5~30 A. (25 × 10 % = 2.5 A and 25 × 120 % = 30 A)

 Rated Power of Induction Motor 2 (kW)

Factory Setting: #.##
Settings 0~655.35 kW
 It is used to set rated power of motor 2. Factory setting is the power value of drive.

 Rated Speed of Induction Motor 2 (rpm)

Factory Setting: 1710
Settings 0~65535
1710 (60 Hz 4 poles); 1410 (50 Hz 4 poles)
 It is used to set the rated speed of the motor according to motor nameplate.

Pole Number of Induction Motor 2

Factory Setting: 4
Settings 2~20
 It is used to set the number of motor poles (must be an even number).
 Set up Pr. 01-35 and Pr. 05-15 before setting up Pr. 05-04 to make sure motor operates normally.

No-load Current of Induction Motor 2 (A)

Unit: Ampere
Factory Setting: #.##
Settings 0~ Pr. 05-13 factory setting
 The factory setting is 40 % of the motor rated current.

12.1-05-2

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Stator Resistance (Rs) of Induction Motor 2

Rotor Resistance (Rr) of Induction Motor 2
Factory Setting: #.###
Settings 0~65.535 Ω
Magnetizing Inductance (Lm) of Induction Motor 2
Stator Inductance (Lx) of Induction Motor 2
Factory Setting: #.#
Settings 0~6553.5 mH
Multi-motors (Induction) Selection
Factory Setting: 1
Settings 1: Motor 1
2: Motor 2
3: Motor 3 (VF or SVC control mode only)
4: Motor 4 (VF or SVC control mode only)
 It is used to set the motor that driven by the AC motor drive. Multi-motors selection only supports
single control mode. For example: When motor 1 is set as SVC control mode, the control mode of
motor 2 ~ 4 is also set as SVC.

 Frequency for Y-connection /△-connection Switch of Induction Motor

Factory Setting: 60.00
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
Y-connection /△-connection Switch of Induction Motor IM
Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Disable
1: Enable
 Delay Time for Y-connection/△-connection Switch of Induction Motor
Factory Setting: 0.200
Settings 0.000~60.000 sec.
 Pr. 05-23~Pr. 05-25 are applied in the wide range motors and the motor coil will execute the
switch of Y-connection / -connection as required. (The wide range motors are related to the
motor design. In general, it has higher torque at low speed with Y-connection and has higher
speed at high speed with -connection)
 Pr. 05-24 is used to enable / disable the switch of Y-connection / -connection.
 When Pr. 05-24 is set to 1, the drive will select by Pr. 05-23 setting and current motor frequency,
and switch current motor to Y-connection or -connection. Relevant parameter settings of the
motor can be switched simultaneously.
 Pr. 05-25 is used to set the switch delay time of Y-connection / -connection.
 When output frequency reaches Y-connection / -connection switch frequency, drive will delay by
Pr. 05-25 before multi-function output terminals are active.

12.1-05-3

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

-c onnec tion is finis hed U

Pr. 02-01~02-07=30
MI1 V
W
-c onnec t ion c ont rol W V U
Y-c onnec t ion is finis hed
Pr. 02-13 = 32
Pr. 02-01~02-07=29
MI2 RA
Y-c onnec t ion c ont rol IM
Pr. 02-13 = 31
MR A
X Y Z

Y- c onnec tion s w it c h: c an be us ed for w ide range motor

Y -c onnec tion for low s peed: higher torque c an be us ed f or rigid tapping
-c onnec tion for high s peed: higher torque c an be us ed f or high-s peed drilling

Free run status

Output frequency
Y-connection output
Pr. 02-13 = 31
ON

Y-connection confirmation
ON
input Pr. 02-01~0 7 = 29

△- connection output ON
Pr. 02-13 = 32

△-connection confirmation
input Pr. 02-01~0 7 = 30
Y -△switch error ON

2 seconds
Delay time
Pr. 05-23

12.1-05-4

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Accumulative Watt-second of Motor in Low Word (W-sec)

Accumulative Watt-second of Motor in High Word (W-sec)
Accumulative Watt-hour of Motor (W-Hour)
Accumulative Watt-hour of Motor in Low Word (KW-Hour)
Accumulative Watt-hour of Motor in High Word (KW-Hour)
Factory Setting: 0.0
Settings Read only
 Pr. 05-26~05-30 records the amount of power consumed by motors. The accumulation begins
when the drive is activated and record is saved when the drive stops or turns OFF. The amount
of consumed watts will continue to accumulate when the drive is activated again. To clear the
accumulation, set Pr. 00-02 to 5 then the accumulation record will return to 0.
 Accumulated total watts of motor per second = Pr. 05-27 x 65536 + Pr. 05-26
Example: When Pr. 05-26 = 2548.1 and Pr. 05-27 = 15.2, the accumulated total watts of motor
per second = 15.2 x 65536 + 2548.1 = 996147.2 + 2548.1 = 998695.3
 Accumulated total kilowatts of motor per hour = Pr. 05-30 x 65536 + Pr. 05-29
Example: When Pr. 05-29 = 3361.4 and Pr. 05-30 = 11.2, the accumulated total kilowatts of
motor per hour = 11.2 x 65536 + 3361.4 = 734003.2 + 3361.4 = 737346.6

Accumulative Motor Operation Time (Min.)

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 00~1439
Accumulative Motor Operation Time (Day)
Factory Setting: 0
Settings 00~65535
 Pr. 05-31 and Pr. 05-32 are used to record the motor operation time. To clear the operation time,
set Pr. 05-31 and Pr. 05-32 to 00. Operation time shorter than 60 seconds will not be recorded.

Induction Motor (IM) or Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motor Selection

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Induction Motor
1: SPM
2: IPM

Full-load current of Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motor

Factory Setting: #.#
Settings 0~120 % of drive’s rated current

12.1-05-5

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Rated Power of Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motor

Factory Setting: #.#
Settings 0.00~655.35 kW
 It is used to set rated power of permanent magnet synchronous motor. Factory setting is the
power value of drive.

Rated speed of Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motor

Factory Setting: 2000
Settings 0~65535 rpm
Pole number of Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motor
Factory Setting: 10
Settings 0~65535
Stator Resistance of Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motor
Factory Setting: 0.000
Settings 0.000~65.535 
Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motor Ld
Factory Setting: 0.00
Settings 0.00~655.35 mH
Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motor Lq
Factory Setting: 0.00
Settings 0.00~655.35 mH
Ke parameter of Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motor
Unit: V / 1000 rpm
Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0~65535
Full-load Current of Induction Motor 3 (A)
Unit: Ampere
Factory Setting: #.##
Settings 10~120 % of drive’s rated current
 Set this parameter according to nameplate of motor. The factory setting is 90 % of rated current.
Example: The rated current of 7.5 HP (5.5 kW) is 25 A, the factory setting is 22.5 A.
The setting range will be 2.5~30 A. (25 × 10 % = 2.5 A and 25 × 120 % = 30 A)

 Rated Power of Induction Motor 3 (kW)

Factory Setting: #.##
Settings 0~655.35 kW
 It is used to set rated power of motor 3. Factory setting is the power value of drive.

12.1-05-6

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Rated Speed of Induction Motor 3 (rpm)

Factory Setting: 1710
Settings 0~65535
1710 (60 Hz 4 poles); 1410 (50 Hz 4 poles)
 It is used to set the rated speed of the motor according to motor nameplate.

Pole Number of Induction Motor 3

Factory Setting: 4
Settings 2~20
 It is used to set the number of motor poles (must be an even number).
 Set up Pr. 01-54 and Pr. 05-66 before setting up Pr. 05-67 to make sure motor operates normally.

No-load Current of Induction Motor 3 (A)

Unit: Ampere
Factory Setting: #.##
Settings 0~ Pr. 05-64 factory setting
 The factory setting is 40 % of the motor rated current.

Stator Resistance (Rs) of Induction Motor 3

Factory Setting: #.###
Settings 0~65.535 
Full-load Current of Induction Motor 4 (A)
Unit: Ampere
Factory Setting: #.##
Settings 10~120 % of drive’s rated current
 This value should be set according to the rated frequency of the motor as indicated on the motor
nameplate. The factory setting is 90 % of rated current.
Example: The rated current of 7.5 HP (5.5 kW) is 25 A, the factory setting is 22.5 A.
The setting range will be 2.5~30 A. (25 × 10 % = 2.5 A and 25 × 120 % = 30 A)

 Rated Power of Induction Motor 4 (kW)

Factory Setting: #.##
Settings 0~655.35 kW
 It is used to set rated power of motor 4. Factory setting is the power value of drive.

 Rated Speed of Induction Motor 4 (rpm)

Factory Setting: 1710
Settings 0~65535
1710 (60 Hz 4 poles); 1410 (50 Hz 4 poles)
 It is used to set the rated speed of the motor according to motor nameplate.

12.1-05-7

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Pole Number of Induction Motor 4

Factory Setting: 4
Settings 2~20
 It is used to set the number of motor poles (must be an even number).
 Set up Pr. 01-63 and Pr. 05-72 before setting up Pr. 05-73 to make sure motor operates normally.

No-load Current of Induction Motor 4 (A)

Unit: Ampere
Factory Setting: #.##
Settings 0~ Pr. 05-70 factory setting
 The factory setting is 40 % of the motor rated current.

Stator Resistance (Rs) of Induction Motor 4

Factory Setting: #.###
Settings 0~65.535 

12.1-05-8

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

06 Protection Parameters (1)  This parameter can be set during operation.

 Low Voltage Level

Factory Setting:
Settings 110V / 230V: 150.0~220.0 Vdc 180.0
460V: 300.0~440.0 Vdc 360.0
 This parameter is used to set the Low Voltage (LV) level. When the DC BUS voltage is lower than
Pr. 06-00, drive will stop output and free to stop.
 If LV fault is triggered during operation, the drive will stop output and free to stop. There are three
LV faults, LvA (LV during acceleration), Lvd (LV during deceleration), and Lvn (LV in constant
speed) which will be triggered according to the status of acceleration / deceleration. These faults
need to be RESET manually to restart the drive, while setting restart after momentary power off
function (Refer to Pr. 07-06 and Pr. 07-07), the drive will restart automatically.
 If LV fault is triggered when the drive is in stop status, the drive will display LvS (LV during stop),
which will not be recorded, and the drive will restart automatically when input voltage is higher
than LV level 30V (230V series) or 60V (460V series).

input voltage

30V(60V)

Pr. 06-00

LV

 Over-voltage Stall Prevention

Settings 0: Disabled Factory Setting:
110V / 230V: 0.0~450.0 Vdc 380.0
460V: 0.0~900.0 Vdc 760.0
 When Pr. 06-01 is set to 0.0, the over-voltage stall prevention function is disabled (connected with
braking unit or braking resistor). This setting is recommended when braking units or resistors are
connected to the drive.
 When the setting value is not 0.0, the over-voltage stall prevention is activated. This setting
should refer to power supply system and loading. If the setting is too low, then over-voltage stall
prevention will be easily activated, which may increase deceleration time.
 Related parameters: Pr. 01-13, Pr. 01-15, Pr. 01-17, Pr. 01-19 Decel. Time 1~4, Pr. 02-13
Multi-function output (Relay), Pr. 02-16~Pr. 02-17 Multi-function output (MO1, 2), and
Pr. 06-02 Selection for over-voltage stall prevention.

12.1-06-1

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Selection for Over-voltage Stall Prevention

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Traditional over-voltage stall prevention
1: Smart over-voltage stall prevention
 This function is used for the occasion that the load inertia is unsure. When it stops in normal load,
the over-voltage won’t occur during deceleration and meet the setting of deceleration time.
Sometimes, it may not stop due to over-voltage during decelerating to stop when increasing the
load regenerative inertia. At this moment, the AC motor drive will extend the deceleration time
automatically until the drive stops.
 When Pr. 06-02 is set to 0: During deceleration, the motor will exceed the synchronous speed
due to load inertia. In this case the motor becomes an electric generator. The DC bus voltage
may exceed its maximum allowable value due to motor regeneration in some situation, such as
loading inertia is too high or Decel. Time is set too short. When traditional over-voltage stall
prevention is enabled and the DC voltage detected is too high, the drive will stop decelerating
(output frequency remains unchanged) until the DC voltage drops below the setting value again.
High-voltage
at DC si de

Ov er-v ol tage
detec ti on
level

Time
Output
frequency

F requenc y Held

D eceleration c har acteristic

w hen Ov er-Voltage Stall
Pr ev ention enabled

Time
previous deceleration time
requir ed time for decelerating to 0Hz when over- voltage
stall prevention is enabled.

 When Pr. 06-02 is set to 1: When use smart over-voltage stall prevention during deceleration, the
drive will maintain DC bus voltage when decelerating and prevent the drive from OV.
60Hz Output Frequency

DCBUS Voltage
370Vdc
310Vdc

0 Time
230V Series

12.1-06-2
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 When the over-voltage stall prevention is enabled, drive deceleration time will be longer than the
setting.
 When there is any problem as using deceleration time, refer to the following items to solve it.
1. Increase suitable deceleration time.
2. Install brake resistor (refer to Chapter 7-1 for details) to dissipate the electrical energy that
regenerated from the motor as the form of heat.
 Related parameters: Pr. 01-13, Pr. 01-15, Pr. 01-17, Pr. 01-19 Decel. Time 1~4, Pr. 02-13
Multi-function output (Relay), Pr. 02-16~Pr. 02-17 Multi-function output (MO1, 2), and
Pr. 06-01 over-voltage stall prevention.

 Over-current Stall Prevention during Acceleration

Factory Setting:
Settings Normal Load: 0~150 % (100 % corresponds to the rated
120
current of the drive)
Heavy Load: 0~200 % (100 % corresponds to the rated
180
current of the drive)
 This parameter only works in VF, VFPG, and SVC mode.
 If the motor load is too large or acceleration time of drive is too short, the output current of drive
may be too high during acceleration, and it may cause motor damage or trigger protection
functions (OL or OC). This parameter is used to prevent these situations.
 During acceleration, the output current of drive may increase abruptly and exceed the setting
value of Pr. 06-03. The drive will stop accelerating and keep the output frequency constant, and
continues to accelerate after the output current drops.
 When the over-current stall prevention is enabled, the acceleration time of drive will be longer
than the setting.
 When the over-current stall prevention occurs due to the motor capacity is too small or operates
in the factory setting, please decrease Pr. 06-03 setting value.
 When there is any problem by using acceleration time, refer to the following items to solve it.
1. Increase suitable deceleration time.
2. Setting Pr.01-44 Auto Acceleration / Deceleration Setting to 1, 3 or 4 (auto accel.)
3. Related parameters: Pr. 01-12, 01-14, 01-16, 01-18 (settings of accel. time 1~4), Pr. 01-44
Auto Acceleration / Deceleration Setting, Pr. 02-13 Multi-function Output (Relay),
Pr. 02-16~02-17 Multi-function Output (MO1, 2)
Output current
06-03
Setting frequency
Over-Current
Detection
Level
Output frequency
Over-Current Stall p revention during
Acceleration,frequ ency held

Time
Original setting of acceleration time
actual acceleratio n time when over-current stall
prevention is ena bled

12.1-06-3

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Over-current Stall Prevention during Operation

Factory Setting:
Settings Normal duty: 0~150 % (100 % corresponds to the
120
rated current of the drive)
Heavy duty: 0~200 % (100 % corresponds to the
180
rated current of the drive)
 This parameter only works in VF, VFPG, and SVC mode.
 It is a protection for drive to decrease output frequency automatically when the motor is over-load
abruptly during motor constant operation.
 If the output current exceeds the setting value of Pr. 06-04 when the drive is operating, the drive
will decrease output frequency (according to Pr. 06-05) to prevent the motor from stall. If the
output current is lower than the setting value of Pr. 06-04, the drive will accelerate (according to
Pr. 06-05) again to the setting frequency.
06-04
Over-current stall prevention
level during operation Pr. 06-04 setting
Current

Pr. 06-04 setting-

rated current of drive x 5%
Over-current stall prevention
at constant speed, output
frequency decreases

Decreases by Output
deceleration time Frequency

Time
Over-current stall prevention at constant speed

 Accel. / Decel. Time Selection of Stall Prevention at Constant Speed

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: By current accel. / decel. time
1: By the 1st accel. / decel. time
2: By the 2nd accel. / decel. time
3: By the 3rd accel. / decel. time
4: By the 4th accel. / decel. time
5: By auto accel. / decel.
 It is used to set the accel. / decel. time selection when stall prevention occurs at constant speed.

 Over-torque Detection Selection (Motor 1)

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: No function
1: Continue operation after Over-torque detection during constant speed
operation
2: Stop after Over-torque detection during constant speed operation
3: Continue operation after Over-torque detection during RUN
4: Stop after Over-torque detection during RUN

12.1-06-4
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Over-torque Detection Selection (Motor 2)

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: No function
1: Continue operation after Over-torque detection during constant speed
operation
2: Stop after Over-torque detection during constant speed operation
3: Continue operation after Over-torque detection during RUN
4: Stop after Over-torque detection during RUN
 When Pr. 06-06 and Pr. 06-09 are set to 1 or 3, warning message will be displayed but there will
not be an abnormal record.
 When Pr. 06-06 and Pr. 06-09 are set to 2 or 4, warning message will be displayed and there will
be an abnormal record.

 Over-torque Detection Level (Motor 1)

Factory Setting: 120
Settings 10 to 250 % (100 % corresponds to the rated current of the drive)
 Over-torque Detection Level (Motor 1)
Factory Setting: 0.1
Settings 0.0~60.0 sec.
 Over-torque Detection Level (Motor 2)
Factory Setting: 120
Settings 10~250 % (100 % corresponds to the rated current of the drive)
 Over-torque Detection Time (Motor 2)
Factory Setting: 0.1
Settings 0.0~60.0 sec.
 When the output current exceeds over-torque detection level (Pr. 06-07 or Pr. 06-10) and also
exceeds over-torque detection time (Pr. 06-08 or Pr. 06-11), the over-torque detection will follow
the setting of Pr. 06-06 and Pr. 06-09.
 When Pr. 06-06 or Pr. 06-09 is set to 1 or 3, there will be ot1 / ot2 warning displayed while the
drive will keep running. The warning will be off only until the output current is smaller than 5 % of
the over-torque detection level.

Out put current

Ov er-t orque
det ect ion level
06- 07( 0 6- 10 )
0 6- 07( 0 6- 10) * 9 5%

Multi-fu nct ion output ON ON

terminal=7 or 8
Over-t orque
detection time
06-08(06-11)

12.1-06-5

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 When Pr. 06-06 or Pr. 06-09 is set to 2 or 4, there will be ot1 / ot2 warning displayed and the drive
will stop running after over-torque detection. The drive will keep running after manually reset.

Ove r-t orque det ect ion leve l

06-07 (06-10)

Out put current

Manually reset

Multi-fu nct ion outpu t ON

terminal=7 or 8

O ver-torqu e dete ction time

06-08 (06-11)

 Electronic Thermal Relay Selection 1 (Motor 1)

 Electronic Thermal Relay Selection 2 (Motor 2)
Factory Setting: 2
Settings 0: Inverter motor (with external forced cooling)
1: Standard motor (motor with fan on the shaft)
2: Disable
 It is used to prevent self-cooled motor overheats under low speed. User can use electronic
thermal relay to limit the output power of drive.
 Setting as 0 is suitable for Inverter motor (motor fan using independent power supply). For this
kind of motor, there is no significant correlation between cooling capacity and motor speed.
Therefore the action of electronic thermal relay will remain stable in low speed to ensure the load
capability of motor in low speed.
 Setting as 1 is suitable for standard motor (motor fan is fixed on the rotor shaft). For this kind of
motor, the cooling capacity is lower in low speed. Therefore the action of electronic thermal relay
will reduce the action time to ensure the life of motor.
 When the power ON / OFF is switched frequently, if the power is switched OFF, the electronic
thermal relay protection will be reset. Therefore even setting as 0 or 1 may not protect the motor
well. If there are several motors connected to one drive, please install electronic thermal relay in
each motor respectively.

 Electronic Thermal Relay Action Time 1 (Motor 1)

 Electronic Thermal Relay Action Time 2 (Motor 2)
Factory Setting: 60.0
Settings 30.0~600.0 sec.
 The parameter is set by 150 % of motor rated current and used with the setting of Pr. 06-14 and
Pr. 06-28 to prevent the motor from damage due to overheating. When it reaches the setting, the
drive will display “EoL1 / EoL2”, and the motor will be free running to stop.

12.1-06-6
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 This parameter is to set the action time of electronic thermal relay. It works based on the I2t
characteristic curve of electronic thermal relay, output frequency and current of drive, and
operation time to prevent motor from overheating.
Motor rated Motor rated
current % current %
1 00 10 0

80 80

60 60

40 40

20 20

Motor rated Motor rated

25 50 75 10 0 125 1 50 frequenc y % 25 50 75 10 0 125 1 50 frequenc y %

Motor c ooling curve with shaf t-fixed fan Mot or coo ling curv e wit h indepen dent fan

 The action of electronic thermal relay depends on the setting of Pr. 06-13 and Pr. 06-27.
1. Pr. 06-13 or Pr. 06-27 is set 0 (using inverter motor):
When output current of drive is higher than 150 % of motor rated current (refer to motor
cooling curve with independent fan), the drive will start to count the time. Electronic thermal
relay will act when the accumulated time exceeds Pr. 06-14 or Pr. 06-28.
2. Pr. 06-13 or Pr. 06-27 is set 0 (using standard motor):
When output current of the drive is higher than 150 % of motor rated current (refer to motor
cooling curve with shaft-fixed fan), the drive will start to count the time. Electronic thermal
relay will act when the accumulated time exceeds Pr. 06-14 or Pr. 06-28.
The actual electronic thermal relay action time will adjust according to drive output current
(shown as motor loading rate %). The action time is short when the current is high, and the
action time is long when the current is low. Please refer to the following chart:
Op eratio n time
(se c.)
6 00
5 50
5 00
4 50
4 00
3 50 F= 50Hz
30 0 F= 40Hz
F= 20Hz
2 50
2 00
1 50
1 00
50
Motor l oa din g ra te
0
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
1 08
1 20
1 32
1 44
1 56
1 68
1 80
1 92

(%)

 Temperature Level Over-heat (OH) Warning

Factory Setting: 105.0
o
Settings 0.0~110.0 C
 The factory setting of this parameter is 105 oC. When using Heavy Duty or Sensorless control
mode, the OH warning will be disabled if Pr. 06-15 is not reduced. When the temperature reaches
100 oC, the drive will stop with IGBT over-heat fault.
 When using control mode except Normal Duty or Sensorless mode, if Pr. 06-15 is set to 110 oC.
When the temperature reaches 110 oC, the drive will stop with IGBT over-heat fault.

12.1-06-7

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Stall Prevention Limit Level

Factory Setting: 100
Settings 0~100 % (Refer to Pr. 06-03, Pr. 06-04)
 Over-current stall prevention level when operation frequency is larger than Pr. 01-01.
Example: When Pr. 06-03 = 150 %, Pr. 06-04 = 100 % and Pr. 06-16 = 80 %.
The over-current stall prevention level during acceleration:
Pr. 06-03 * Pr. 06-16 = 150 x 80 % = 120 %.
The over-current stall prevention level during operating:
Pr. 06-04 * Pr. 06-16 = 100 x 80 % = 80 %.
Fault Record 1
Fault Record 2
Fault Record 3
Fault Record 4
Fault Record 5
Fault Record 6
Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: No fault record
1: Over-current during acceleration (ocA)
2: Over-current during deceleration (ocd)
3: Over-current during constant speed (ocn)
4: Ground fault (GFF)
6: Over-current at stop (ocS)
7: Over-voltage during acceleration (ovA)
8: Over-voltage during deceleration (ovd)
9: Over-voltage during constant speed (ovn)
10: Over-voltage at stop (ovS)
11: Low-voltage during acceleration (LvA)
12: Low-voltage during deceleration (Lvd)
13: Low-voltage during constant speed (Lvn)
14: Low-voltage at stop (LvS)
15: Phase loss protection (OrP)
16: IGBT over-heat (oH1)
18: TH1 open: IGBT over-heat protection error ( tH1o)
21: Drive over-load (oL)
22: Electronics thermal relay protection 1 (EoL1)
23: Electronics thermal relay protection 2 (EoL2)
24: Motor PTC overheat (oH3)
26: Over-torque 1 (ot1)
27: Over-torque 2 (ot2)
28: Low current (uC)
31: Memory read-out error (cF2)

12.1-06-8
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

33: U-phase current detection error (cd1)

34: V-phase current detection error (cd2)
35: W-phase current detection error (cd3)
36: Clamp current detection error (Hd0)
37: Over-current detection error (Hd1)
40: Auto tuning error (AUE)
41: PID feedback loss (AFE)
42: PG feedback error (PGF1)
43: PG feedback loss (PGF2)
44: PG feedback stall (PGF3)
45: PG slip error (PGF4)
. 48: Analog current input loss (ACE)
49: External fault input (EF)
50: Emergency stop (EF1)
51: External Base Block (bb)
52: Password error (Pcod)
54: Communication error (CE1)
55: Communication error (CE2)
56: Communication error (CE3)
57: Communication error (CE4)
58: Communication Time-out (CE10)
61: Y-connection / △-connection switch error (ydc)
62: Decel. Energy Backup Error (dEb)
63: Slip error (oSL)
72: Channel 1 (S1~DCM) safety loop error (STL1)
76: Safety torque off (STo)
77: Channel 2 (S2~DCM) safety loop error (STL2)
78: Internal loop error (STL3)
79: U phase Over current before run (Aoc)
80: V phase Over current before run (boc)
81: W phase Over current before run (coc)
82: U phase output phase loss (oPL1)
83: V phase output phase loss (oPL2)
84: W phase output phase loss (oPL3)
87: Drive over load in low frequency (oL3)
89: Initial rotor position detection error (roPd)
101: CANopen software disconnect 1 (CGdE)
102: CANopen software disconnect 2 (CHbE)
104: CANopen hardware disconnect (CbFE)
105: CANopen index setting error (CIdE)
106: CANopen station number setting error (CAdE)
107: CANopen memory error (CFrE)

12.1-06-9

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

121: Internal communication error (CP20)

123: Internal communication error (CP22)
124: Internal communication error (CP30)
126: Internal communication error (CP32)
127: Software version error (CP33)
128: Over-torque 3 (ot3)
129: Over-torque 4 (ot4)
134: Electronics thermal relay 3 protection (EoL3)
135: Electronics thermal relay 4 protection (EoL4)
140: GFF detected when power on (Hd6)
141: GFF occurs before run (b4GFF)
142: Auto tuning error 1 (DC test stage) (AUE1)
143: Auto tuning error 2 (High frequency test stage) (AUE2)
144: Auto tuning error 3 (Rotary test stage) (AUE3)
 When the fault occurs and force stopping, it will be recorded in this parameter.
 During stop with low voltage Lv (LvS warning, no record). During operation with mid-low voltage
Lv (LvA, Lvd, Lvn error, with record).
 When dEb function is valid and enabled, the drive will execute dEb and record fault code 62 to
Pr. 06-17 ~ Pr. 06-22 simultaneously.

 Fault Output Option 1

 Fault Output Option 2
 Fault Output Option 3
 Fault Output Option 4
Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0~65535 (refer to bit table for fault code)
 These parameters can be used with multi-function output terminal (set to 35-38) for the specific
requirement. When the fault occurs, the corresponding terminals will be activated (binary value
needs to be converted to decimal value before filled in Pr. 06-23 ~ Pr. 06-26).

bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6

Fault Code
current Volt. OL SYS FBK EXI CE
0: No fault record
1: Over-current during acceleration (ocA) ●
2: Over-current during deceleration (ocd) ●
3: Over-current during constant speed (ocn) ●
4: Ground fault (GFF) ●
6: Over-current at stop (ocS) ●
7: Over-voltage during acceleration (ovA) ●
8: Over-voltage during deceleration (ovd) ●
9: Over-voltage during constant speed (ovn) ●
10: Over-voltage at stop (ovS) ●

12.1-06-10
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6

Fault Code
current Volt. OL SYS FBK EXI CE
11: Low-voltage during acceleration (LvA) ●
12: Low-voltage during deceleration (Lvd) ●
13: Low-voltage during constant speed (Lvn) ●
14: Low-voltage at stop (LvS) ●
15: Phase loss protection (OrP) ●
16: IGBT over-heat (oH1) ●
18: TH1 open: IGBT over-heat protection error
( tH1o)
●
21: Drive over-load (oL) ●
22: Electronics thermal relay protection 1
(EoL1)
●
23: Electronics thermal relay protection 2
(EoL2)
●
24: Motor PTC overheat (oH3) ●
26: Over-torque 1 (ot1) ●
27: Over-torque 2 (ot2) ●
28: Low current (uC) ●
31: Memory read-out error (cF2) ●
33: U-phase current detection error (cd1) ●
34: V-phase current detection error (cd2) ●
35: W-phase current detection error (cd3) ●
36: Clamp current detection error (Hd0) ●
37: Over-current detection error (Hd1) ●
40: Auto tuning error (AUE) ●
41: PID feedback loss (AFE) ●
42: PG feedback error (PGF1) ●
43: PG feedback loss (PGF2) ●
44: PG feedback stall (PGF3) ●
45: PG slip error (PGF4) ●
48: Analog current input loss (ACE) ●
49: External fault input (EF) ●
50: Emergency stop (EF1) ●
51: External Base Block (bb) ●
52: Password error (Pcod) ●
54: Communication error (CE1) ●
55: Communication error (CE2) ●
56: Communication error (CE3) ●
57: Communication error (CE4) ●

12.1-06-11

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6

Fault Code
current Volt. OL SYS FBK EXI CE
58: Communication Time-out (CE10) ●
61: Y-connection / ᇞ-connection switch error
(ydc)
●
62: Decel. Energy Backup Error (dEb) ●
63: Slip error (oSL) ●
72: Channel 1 (S1~DCM) safety loop error
(STL1)
●
76: Safety torque off (STo) ●
77: Channel 2 (S2~DCM) safety loop error
(STL2)
●
78: Internal loop error (STL3) ●
79: U phase Over current before run (Aoc) ●
80: V phase Over current before run (boc) ●
81: W phase Over current before run (coc) ●
82: U phase output phase loss (oPL1) ●
83: V phase output phase loss (oPL2) ●
84: W phase output phase loss (oPL3) ●
87: Drive over load in low frequency (oL3) ●
89: Initial rotor position detection error (roPd) ●
101: CANopen software disconnect 1 (CGdE) ●
102: CANopen software disconnect 2 (CHbE) ●
104: CANopen hardware disconnect (CbFE) ●
105: CANopen index setting error (CIdE) ●
106: CANopen station number setting error
(CAdE)
●
107: CANopen memory error (CFrE) ●
121: Internal communication error (CP20) ●
123: Internal communication error (CP22) ●
124: Internal communication error (CP30) ●
126: Internal communication error (CP32) ●
127: Software version error (CP33) ●
128: Over-torque 3 (ot3) ●
129: Over-torque 4 (ot4) ●
134: Electronics thermal relay 3 protection
(EoL3)
●
135: Electronics thermal relay 4 protection
(EoL4)
●
140: GFF detected when power on (Hd6) ●
141: GFF occurs before run (b4GFF) ●
12.1-06-12
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6

Fault Code
current Volt. OL SYS FBK EXI CE
142: Auto tuning error 1 (DC test stage) (AUE1) ●
143: Auto tuning error 2 (High frequency test
stage) (AUE2)
●
144: Auto tuning error 3 (Rotary test stage)
(AUE3)
●

 PTC Detection Selection

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Warn and keep operating
1: Warn and ramp to stop
2: Warn and coast to stop
3: No warning
 This is the operating mode of a drive after Pr. 06-29 is set to define PTC detection.
 PTC Level
Factory Setting: 50.0
Settings 0.0~100.0 %
 It needs to set AVI / ACI analog input function Pr. 03-00~03-02 to 6 [Positive temperature
coefficient (PTC) thermistor input value)].
 It is used to set the PTC level, and the corresponding value for 100 % is analog input max. value.

Frequency Command for Malfunction

Factory Setting: Read only
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
 When malfunction occurs, user can check current frequency command. If it happens again, it will
overwrite the previous record.

Output Frequency at Malfunction

Factory Setting: Read only
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
 When malfunction occurs, user can check current output frequency. If it happens again, it will
overwrite the previous record.

Output Voltage at Malfunction

Factory Setting: Read only
Settings 0.0~6553.5 V
 When malfunction occurs, user can check current output voltage. If it happens again, it will
overwrite the previous record.

12.1-06-13

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

DC Voltage at Malfunction
Factory Setting: Read only
Settings 0.0~6553.5 V
 When malfunction occurs, user can check current DC voltage. If it happens again, it will overwrite
the previous record.

Output Current at Malfunction

Factory Setting: Read only
Settings 0.00~655.35 Amp
 When malfunction occurs, user can check current output current. If it happens again, it will
overwrite the previous record.

IGBT Temperature at Malfunction

Factory Setting: Read only
o
Settings 0.0~6553.5 C
 When malfunction occurs, user can check current IGBT temperature. If it happens again, it will
overwrite the previous record.

Capacitance Temperature at Malfunction

Factory Setting: Read only
o
Settings -0.0~6553.5 C
 When malfunction occurs, user can check current capacitance temperature. If it happens again, it
will overwrite the previous record.

Motor Speed in rpm at Malfunction

Factory Setting: Read only
Settings 0~65535 rpm
 When malfunction occurs, user can check current motor speed in rpm. If it happens again, it will
overwrite the previous record.

Status of Multi-function Input Terminal at Malfunction

Factory Setting: Read only
Settings 0000h~FFFFh
Status of Multi-function Output Terminal at Malfunction
Factory Setting: Read only
Settings 0000h~FFFFh
 When malfunction occurs, user can check current status of multi-function input / output terminals.
If it happens again, it will overwrite the previous record.

Drive Status at Malfunction

Factory Setting: Read only
Settings 0000h~FFFFh
 When malfunction occurs, user can check current drive status (communication address 2101H).
If malfunction happens again, the previous record will be overwritten by this parameter.

12.1-06-14
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 STO Latch Selection

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: STO Latch
1: STO no Latch
 Pr. 06-44 = 0 STO Alarm Latch: after the reason of STO Alarm is cleared, a Reset command is
needed to clear STO Alarm.
 Pr. 06-44 = 1 STO Alarm no Latch: after the reason of STO Alarm is cleared, the STO Alarm will
be cleared automatically.
 All of STL1~STL3 error are “Alarm latch” mode (in STL1~STL3 mode, the Pr. 06-44 function is
not effective).

 Treatment to Output Phase Loss Detection (OPHL)

Factory Setting: 3
Settings 0: Warn and keep operating
1: Warn and ramp to stop
2: Warn and coast to stop
3: No warning
 The OPHL protect will be active when the setting is not 3.

 Detection Time of Output Phase Loss

Factory Setting: 0.500
Settings 0.000~65.535 sec.
 Current Detection Level of Output Phase Loss
Factory Setting: 1.00
Settings 0.00~100.00 %
 DC Brake Time of Output Phase Loss
Factory Setting: 0.000
Settings 0.000~65.535 sec.
 When Pr. 06-48 is 0, OPHL detection function will be disabled
 Status 1: The drive is in operation
When any phase is less than Pr. 06-47 setting level and exceeds Pr. 06-46 setting
time, the drive will execute according to Pr. 06-45 setting.

Drive’s st atus

Operation command
O PH L
OPHL detec tion

P r.06 -4 7

Outpu t current Time

P r. 06 -46 Whe n OPHL, Pr06-45 acts

12.1-06-15

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Status 2: The drive is in stop; Pr. 06-48 = 0; Pr. 07-02 ≠ 0

After the drive starts, DC brake will be applied according to Pr. 07-01 and Pr. 07-02.
During this period, OPHL detection will not be conducted. After DC brake is completed,
the drive starts to run, and conducts the OPHL protection as mentioned in status 1.

Drive’s st atus

Operation command
O P HL
OPHL detec tion

Pr.0 6-4 7
Pr.0 7-0 1

Outpu t current Time

Pr.06 -46 Whe n OPHL, Pr06-45 acts
P r. 07 -02

 Status 3: The drive is in stop; Pr. 06-48 ≠ 0; Pr. 07-02 ≠ 0

When the drive starts, it will execute Pr. 06-48 first and then Pr. 07-02 (DC brake). DC
brake current level in this status includes two parts, one is 20 times of Pr. 06-47 setting
value in Pr. 06-48 setting time, and the other is Pr. 07-01 setting value in Pr. 07-02
setting time. In this period, if OPHL happens within the time of Pr. 06-48, the drive will
execute Pr. 06-45 setting after the drive starts counting for half time of Pr. 06-48.

Sta tus 3-1: P r0 6-48≠0, Pr07 -0 2≠0 (No OPHL d e tected be fore ope ra tion )

Drive’s s tat us

Operat io n co mman d

OP HL det ect ion ac tion OPHL det ect io n acts

No OPHL detec ted

O PHL detec tion

20 *[ Pr0 6-4 7 ]
Pr.07-01
Pr.06-47
Out put current Time
Start to op era te
Pr. 06-48 Pr. 07-02

Total DC brak e time

12.1-06-16
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Sta tus 3-2: P r0 6-48≠0, Pr07 -0 2≠0 (OPHL d ete cte d befo re o perati on)

Drive’s st atus

O peration command

OP HL de tec tion ac tion OPHL dete ction act s

OPHL det ect ion O PHL detected Whe n OPHL, Pr06-45 act s

DC brake c om mand
20 *[Pr06-47]
P r.07 -01
Actual output c urrent
P r.06 -47
Outp ut current Time
Pr. 06- 48
2
Pr.06 -48 P r.07 -02 S tart to ope ra te
Tota l DC brak e time

 Status 4: The drive is in stop; Pr. 06-48 ≠ 0; Pr. 07-02 = 0

When the drive starts, it will execute Pr. 06-48 as DC brake. The DC brake current
level is 20 times of Pr. 06-47 setting value. In this period, if OPHL happens within the
time of Pr. 06-48, the drive will execute Pr. 06-45 setting after the drive starts counting
for half time of Pr. 06-48.

Sta tus 4-1: P r0 6-48≠0, Pr07 -0 2=0 (N o OPH L d etected b efore op eratio n)

Drive ’s st atus

Operation command

OP HL de tec tion action O PHL detec tion acts

No OPHL detected
O PHL detection

20 *[P r06-47 ]

P r. 06- 47
O utput current Time
Start to operate
Pr.06- 48

Total DC brak e time

12.1-06-17

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Sta tus 4-2: P r0 6-48≠0, Pr07 -0 2=0 (OPHL d e tected be fore ope ra tion )

Driv e’s statu s

Operation command

OP HL de tection action O PHL detection acts

OPHL dete ction OPHL det ect ed When OPHL, Pr06-45 acts
DC brak e c ommand

2 0 *[P r 0 6 - 47 ]

Actual output c urrent

P r.06 -47
O utput current Time
Pr. 06-48
2
Pr.06 -48

Total DC brake time

 LvX Auto Reset

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Disable
1: Enable
 Treatment for the Detected Input Phase Loss (OrP)
Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Warn and ramp to stop
1: Warn and coast to stop
 If DC bus ripple detected is larger than Pr. 06-52 setting, and continue the time of Pr. 06-50, then
after 30 seconds, the drive will execute input phase loss protection according to Pr. 06-53.
 If ripple voltage decreases below the set value of Pr. 06-52 within the time of Pr. 06-50 plus 30
seconds, the OrP protection function will be recalculate.

 Derating Protection
Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Constant rated current and limit carrier wave by load current and
temperature
1: Constant carrier frequency and limit load current by setting carrier wave
2: Constant rated current (same as setting 0), but close current limit
 Allowable max. output frequency and the min. carrier wave limit in control mode:
VF, SVC, VFPG
When max. output frequency is 599 Hz, the min. carrier wave is 6 k.
 Setting 0:
When the operating point is greater than the derating curve (when the operating carrier
wave is greater than the rated carrier wave), the rated current is constant, and carrier frequency
(Fc) outputted by the drive will auto decrease according to ambient temperature, overload

12.1-06-18
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

output current and overload time. If overload situation is not frequent and only cares the carrier
frequency operated with the rated current for a long time, and can accept the change of carrier
wave due to short overload, it is recommended to set to 0.

Refer to the following diagram for the level of carrier frequency. Take VFD9A0MS43ANSAA
in normal duty for example: ambient temperature 50 °C, UL open-type, and independent
installation. When the carrier frequency is set to 10 kHz, corresponding to 55 % rated output
current. At the same conditions, ambient temperature 40°C is corresponding to 75 % of rated
output current. When output current is higher than the value, it will auto decrease the carrier
wave according to ambient temperature, output current and overload time. At this time, the
overload capacity of drive is still 150 % of rated current.
 Setting 1:
When the operating point exceeds derating curve 1, carrier frequency is fixed to the set
value. Please select this mode if the change of carrier wave and motor noise caused by ambient
temperature and frequent overload are not accepted. (Please refer to Pr. 00-17)

Refer to the following diagram for the derating level of rated current. Take
VFD9A0MS43ANSAA in normal duty for example, when the carrier frequency is to be
maintained at 10 kHz, the rated current is decreased to 55 %. The OL protection will execute
when the current is 120 % * 55 % = 66 % for a minute. Therefore, it needs to operate by the
curve to keep the carrier frequency.
 Setting 2:
The protection method and action is the same as set to 0, but disables the current limit
when output current is derating Ratio ×120 % (default value) in normal duty and is derating
Ratio ×180 % (default value) in heavy duty.
The advantage is that it can provide higher starting output current when the carrier
frequency setting is higher than the factory setting. The disadvantage is that the carrier wave
derates easily when overload.
Example: when Pr. 06-55 = 0 or 1, over-current stall prevention level = Ratio*Pr. 06-03.
When Pr. 06-55 = 2, over-current stall prevention level = Pr. 06-03.
 It should be used with Pr. 00-16 and Pr.00-17 for setting.
 The derating will also be affected by ambient temperature, please refer to ambient temperature
derating curve.
Example: take VFD9A0MS43ANSAA in normal duty for example: ambient temperature 50
°C, UL open-type, and independent installation. When the carrier frequency is set to 10 kHz,
corresponding to 55 % rated output current. The ambient temperature 60°C is corresponding to
55 % * 75 % of rated output current.
 Derating curve (when Pr. 00-10 = 0 and Pr. 00-11 = 0~3), modulation mode can be adjusted by
Pr. 11-41.

12.1-06-19

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

In normal duty mode (Pr. 00-16 = 0) In heavy duty mode (Pr. 00-16 = 1)

Normal duty / 2-phase modulation mode Heavy duty / 2-phase modulation mode

Normal duty / space vector modulation mode Heavy duty / space vector modulation mode

NOTE Line 1: Ta = 50 oC or Pr. 06-55 = 1

Line 2: Ta = 40 oC and Pr. 06-55 = 0/2

Ambient temperature derating curve for general control

 PT100 Voltage Level 1

Factory Setting: 5.000
Settings 0.000~10.000 V
 PT100 Voltage Level 2
Factory Setting: 7.000
Settings 0.000~10.000 V
 Condition settings: Pr. 06-57 > Pr. 06-56.

 PT100 Level 1 Frequency Protection

Factory Setting: 0.00
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz

12.1-06-20
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Delay Time of Activating PT100 Level 1 Frequency Protection

Factory Setting: 60
Settings 0~6000 sec.
 PT100 operation instructions
(1) Use voltage type analog input (AVI, ACI voltage 0-10V) and select PT100 mode.
(2) User can select one of voltage type analog input below:
(a) Pr. 03-00 =11, (b) Pr. 03-01 = 11 and Pr. 03-29 = 1
(3) When selecting Pr. 03-01 = 11 and Pr. 03-29 = 1, must switch AFM to 0-10V.
(4) AFM outputs constant voltage or current, Pr. 03-20 = 23. Must switch ACM to 0-20 mA, and
set AFM output level to 45% (Pr. 03-32 = 45%) of 20 mA = 9 mA.
(5) Pr. 03-32 is for adjusting the constant voltage or constant current of AFM output, the setting
range is 0~100.00 %.
(6) There are two types of action level for PT100. The diagram of PT100 protecting action is
shown below:
L e ve l 2 = 0 6 - 5 7
S e tti n g r a n g e : 0 .0 0 0 ~1 0 .0 0 0 V
Fa cto r y se tti n g : 7 .0 0 0 V

L e ve l 1 = 0 6 - 5 6
S e tti n g r a n g e : 0 .0 0 0 ~1 0 .0 0 0 V
Fa cto r y se tti n g : 5 .0 0 0 V

Wh e n i n p u t vo l ta g e o f P T1 0 0 r e a ch e s l e ve l 1 ,
Fr e q u e n cy a fte r th e d r i ve p a sse s th e d e l a y ti me se t a t P r. 0 6 - 5 9 ,
Co mma n d th e o u tp u t fr e q u e n cy g o e s b a ck to P r. 0 6 - 5 8 .
Wh e n i n p u t vo l ta g e o f P T1 0 0 r e a ch e s l e ve l 2 ,
th e d r i ve e xe cu te s b y th e se tti n g o f P r. 0 6 - 2 9
P r. 0 6 - 5 9 De l a y ti me
to p r e ve n t th e mo to r fr o m o ve r h e a ti n g .

 When Pr. 06-58 = 0.00 Hz, PT100 function is disabled.

Example:
When using PT100, if motor temperature is higher than 135 °C (275 °F), the drive will start to
count the delay time of auto deceleration (Pr. 06-59). The drive will decrease motor frequency to
the setting of Pr. 06-58 when reaches count value. The drive will operate at the frequency set by
Pr. 06-58 till the motor temperature is lower than 135 °C (275 °F). If motor temperature is higher
than 150°C (302 °F), the drive will decelerate to stop automatically and display warning “OH3”.
Set up process:
1. Switch AFM to 0-20 mA on control board.
2. Wiring:
Connect external terminal AFM to “+”
Connect external terminal ACM to “-“
Connect AFM and AVI to “short-circuit”
3. Pr. 03-00 = 11, Pr. 03-20 = 23, Pr. 03-32 = 45 % (9 mA)

12.1-06-21

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

4. Refer to RTD temperature and resistance comparison table

Temperature = 135 °C, resistance = 151.71 , input current: 9 mA, voltage: about 1.37 Vdc
Temperature = 150°C, resistance = 157.33 , input current: 9 mA, voltage: about 1.42 Vdc

5. When RTD temperature > 135 °C, the drive will decelerate to specified operation frequency
automatically. Pr. 06-56 = 1.37 and Pr. 06-58 = 10 Hz. (When Pr. 06-58 = 0, specified
operation frequency is disabled)

6. When RTD temperature > 150 °C, the drive will output fault and decelerate to stop
displaying warning “OH3” simultaneously. Pr. 06-57 = 1.42 and Pr. 06-29 = 1 (warning and
decelerate to stop).

 Software Detection GFF Current Level

Factory Setting: 60.0
Settings 0.0~6553.5 %
 Software Detection GFF Filter Time
Factory Setting: 0.10
Settings 0.00~655.35 sec.
 When the drive detects the unbalanced three-phase output current is higher than the setting of
Pr. 06-60, GFF protection will be activated. Then the drive will stop outputting.

Operation Time of Fault Record 1 (Day)

Operation Time of Fault Record 2 (Day)
Operation Time of Fault Record 3 (Day)
Operation Time of Fault Record 4 (Day)
Operation Time of Fault Record 5 (Day)
Operation Time of Fault Record 6 (Day)
Factory Setting: Read only
Settings 0~65535 days
Operation Time of Fault Record 1 (Min.)
Operation Time of Fault Record 2 (Min.)
Operation Time of Fault Record 3 (Min.)
Operation of Fault Record 4 (Min.)
Operation of Fault Record 5 (Min.)
Operation of Fault Record 6 (Min.)
Factory Setting: Read only
Settings 0~1439 min.
 If there is any malfunction when the drive operating, Pr. 06-17~06-22 will record malfunctions,
and Pr. 06-63~06-70 can record the operation time for 4 malfunctions in sequence. It can help to
check if there is any problem with the drive according to the spacing of fault time recorded.
For example: The 1st error: ocA occurs after motor drive operates for 1000 minutes.
The 2nd error: ocd occurs after another 1000 minutes.
The 3rd error: ocn occurs after another 1000 minutes.

12.1-06-22
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

The 4th error: ocA occurs after another 1000 minutes.

The 5th error: ocd occurs after another 1000 minutes.
The 6th error: ocn occurs after another 1000 minutes.
Then Pr. 06-17~06-22 and Pr. 06-63~06-70 recorded as follows:
Parameter record method as follows:
1st fault 2nd fault 3rd fault 4th fault 5th fault 6th fault
06-17 ocA ocd ocn ocA ocd ocn
06-18 0 ocA ocd ocn ocA ocd
06-19 0 0 ocA ocd ocn ocA
06-20 0 0 0 ocA ocd ocn
06-21 0 0 0 0 ocA ocd
06-22 0 0 0 0 0 ocA

06-63 1000 560 120 1120 680 240

06-64 0 1 2 2 3 4
06-65 0 1000 560 120 1120 680
06-66 0 0 1 2 2 3
06-67 0 0 1000 560 120 1120
06-68 0 0 0 1 2 2
06-69 0 0 0 1000 560 120
06-70 0 0 0 0 1 2
※ By time record, it can be known that the last fault (Pr. 06-17) happened after the drive run for 4
days and 240 minutes.

 Low Current Setting Level

Factory Setting: 0.0
Settings 0.0 ~ 100.0 %
 Low Current Detection Time
Factory Setting: 0.00
Settings 0.00 ~ 360.00 sec.
 Treatment for Low Current
Factory Setting: 0
0 : No function
Settings
1 : Warn and coast to stop
2 : Warn and ramp to stop by 2nd deceleration time
3 : Warn and operation continue
 The drive will operate as the setting of Pr. 06-73 when output current is lower than the setting of
Pr. 06-71 and when low current exceeds detected time Pr. 06-72. This parameter can be used
with external multi-function output terminal 44 (for low current output).
 The low current detection function will not be executed when drive is at sleep or standby status.

12.1-06-23

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

07 Special Parameters  This parameter can be set during operation.

 Software Brake Level

Factory Setting: 370.0 / 740.0
Settings 110 V / 230 V: 350.0~450.0 Vdc
460 V: 700.0~900.0 Vdc
 This parameter sets the level of brake transistor which refers to the DC-bus voltage. Users can
choose suitable brake resistor to achieve the best deceleration. Refer to Chapter 7 “Optional
Accessories” for the information of brake resistor.

 DC Brake Current Level

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0~100 %
 This parameter sets the level of DC brake current outputted to the motor during start-up and
stopping. When setting the percentage of DC brake current, the rated current is regarded as
100%. Be sure to start with a low DC brake current level, and increase slowly until proper brake
torque has been attained. However, the DC brake current can NOT exceed the rated current to
avoid burning the motor. Therefore, DO NOT use the DC brake as mechanical retention,
otherwise it may cause injury accident.

 DC Brake Time at Startup

Factory Setting: 0.0
Settings 0.0~60.0 sec.
 The motor may be in rotation status due to external force or the inertia itself. If the drive is used
with the motor at this moment, it may cause motor damage or drive protection due to over current.
This parameter can output DC current generating torque to force the motor stop before motor
operation to get a stable start. This parameter determines the duration of the DC brake current
when the drive start-up. When set to 0.0, the DC brake is invalid at startup.

 DC Brake Time at Stop

Factory Setting: 0.0
Settings 0.0~60.0 sec.
 The motor may be in rotation status after the drive stops outputting due to external force or inertia
itself, and cannot stop completely. This parameter can output DC current generating torque to
force the drive stop after the drive stops outputting to make sure that the motor stops.
 This parameter determines the duration of the DC Brake current during brakes. To enable DC
brake at stop, this function will be valid when Pr. 00-22 (stop method) is set to 0 (ramp to stop).
 Related parameters: Pr. 00-22 Stop Method, Pr. 07-04 DC Brake Start Frequency.

12.1-07-1

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 DC Brake Start Frequency

Factory Setting: 0.00
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
 This parameter determines the start frequency of DC brake before the drive ramp to stop. When
this setting is less than start-up frequency (Pr. 01-09), the start frequency of DC brake will start
from the min. frequency.
O u tp u t fr e q u e n cy

DC b r a ke ti me
a t sta r tu p DC b r a ke ti me
07-04 a t sto p
01-09 DC b r a ke sta r t
S ta r t- u p fr e q u e n cy
07-04 fr e q u e n cy 07-03

Ru n / S to p
O FF
ON Ti me
DC B r a ke O u tp u t Ti mi n g Di a g r a m

 DC brake before run is used for occasions when the load is movable at stop, such as fans and
pumps. The motor is in free operating status and in uncertain running direction before the drive
startups. Execute DC brake first before starting the motor.
 DC Brake at stop is used for occasions that hoping to brake the motor quickly or to control the
positioning, such as crane or cutting machine.

 Voltage Incrasing Gain

Factory Setting: 100
Settings 1~200 %
 When using speed tracking, adjust Pr. 07-05 to slow down the increasing speed of voltage if
there are errors such as oL or oc. However, the time of speed tracking will be longer.

 Restart after Momentary Power Loss

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Stop operation
1: Speed tracking by the speed before the power loss
2: Speed tracking by the minimum output frequency
 This parameter determines the operation mode when the drive restarts from a momentary
power loss.
 The power system connected to the drive may be power off momentarily due to many reasons.
This function allows the drive to keep outputting after the drive is repowered and will not cause
the drive stops.
 Setting 1: Tracking the frequency before momentary power loss, accelerating to master
frequency command after the drive output frequency and motor rotator speed is synchronous.
This setting is recommended if the characteristics of motor load are large inertia and small
resistance. Example: In the equipment with big inertia flywheel, there is NO need to wait till the
flywheel stops completely after restart to execute operation command, therefore it saves time.

12.1-07-2
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Setting 2: Frequency tracking starts from the minimum output frequency, accelerating to master
frequency command after the drive output frequency and motor rotator speed is synchronous.
This setting is recommended if the characteristics of motor load are small inertia and large
resistance.
 In PG control mode, the AC motor drive will execute the speed tracking function automatically by
PG speed when this setting is NOT set to 0.

 Allowed Power Loss Duration

Factory Setting: 2.0
Settings 0.0~20.0 sec.
 This parameter determines the maximum time of allowable power loss. If the duration of a power
loss exceeds this parameter setting, the AC motor drive will stop outputting.
 Pr. 07-06 is valid when the maximum allowable power loss time is  20 seconds and the AC
motor drive displays “LU”. But if the AC motor drive is powered off due to overload, even if the
maximum allowable power loss time is  20 seconds, the operation mode as set in Pr. 07-06 is
not executed. In that case it

 Base Block Time

Factory Setting: 0.5
Settings 0.1~5.0 sec.
 When momentary power loss is detected, the AC motor drive will block its output and then wait
for a specified period of time (determined by Pr. 07-08, called Base-Block Time) before resuming
operation. This parameter should be set at the time which allows the residual voltage at output
side to decrease to 0V before the drive is activated again.

In p u t B .B . si g n a l
O u tp u t fr e q u e n cy ( H)
S to p o u tp u t vo l ta g e
Di sa b l e B .B . si g n a l
Wa i ti n g ti me P r. 0 7 - 0 8
O u tp u t vo l ta g e ( V )
S p e e d tr a cki n g
S yn ch r o n o u s sp e e d d e te cti o n
O u tp u t cu r r e n t A Fr e q u e n cy co mma n d b e fo r e B .B .
P r. 0 7 - 0 9
Cu r r e n t l e ve l o f
sp e e d tr a cki n g

Ti me

FWD Ru n

B.B.

B .B . S p e e d tr a cki n g : fr o m l a st o u tp u t fr e q u e n cy

12.1-07-3

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

In p u t B .B . si g n a l
O u tp u t fr e q u e n cy ( H)
S to p o u tp u t vo l ta g e
Di sa b l e B .B . si g n a l
Wa i ti n g ti me P r. 0 7 - 0 8
O u tp u t vo l ta g e ( V )
S p e e d tr a cki n g
S yn ch r o n o u s sp e e d d e te cti o n
O u tp u t cu r r e n t A

P r. 0 7 - 0 9
Cu r r e n t l e ve l o f
sp e e d tr a cki n g
Ti me

FWD Ru n

B.B.
B .B . S p e e d tr a cki n g : fr o m mi n i mu m o u tp u t fr e q u e n cy

Input B.B. signal

Output frequency (H)
Stop output voltage
Disable B.B. signal

Output voltage (V) Waiting time Pr. 07-08

Speed track ing
Synchronous speed detection
Output c urrent A

Pr. 06-03
Over-current stall
prevention level
during accel.
Time

FWD Run

B.B.
Over-c urrent stall prevention

 Current Limit of Speed Tracking

Factory Setting: 100
Settings 20~200 %
 The AC motor drive will execute the speed tracking only if the output current is greater than the
value set by Pr. 07-09.
 The maximum current of speed tracking will affect the synchronous time. The larger the
parameter setting is, the faster the synchronization arrives. However, if parameter setting is too
large, overload protection function may be activated.

12.1-07-4
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Treatment of Restart after Fault

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Stop operation
1: Speed tracking by current speed
2: Speed tracking by minimum output frequency
 In PG control mode, the AC motor drive will execute the speed tracking function automatically by
the PG speed when this setting is NOT set to 0.
 Fault includes: bb, oc, ov, occ. To restart after oc, ov, occ, Pr. 07-11 can NOT be set to 0.

 Restart Times after Fault

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0~10
 After fault (allowed fault: oc, ov, occ) occurs, the AC motor drive can be reset / restarted
automatically up to 10 times.
 If the times of fault occurs exceeds Pr. 07-11 setting, the fault will not be restart /reset until user
press “RESET” manually and execute operation command again.

 Speed Tracking during Start-up

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Disable
1: Speed tracking by maximum output frequency
2: Speed tracking by motor frequency at start
3: Speed tracking by minimum output frequency
 Speed tracking function is suitable for punch, fans and other large inertia load. For example,
mechanical punch usually has a large inertia flywheel, and the general stop method is coast to
stop. Therefore, if it needs to be restarted again, the flywheel will take 2-5 minutes or longer to
stop. By setting this parameter, there is NO need to wait till the flywheel stops completely to
make the flywheel start operating immediately.
 In PG control mode, the AC motor drive will execute the speed tracking function automatically by
the PG speed when this setting is NOT set to 0.

 dEb Function Selection

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Disable
1: dEb with auto accel. / decal., the frequency will not return after power
recovery.
2: dEb with auto accel. / decal., the frequency will return after power recovery
 dEb (Deceleration Energy Backup) let the motor decelerate to stop when momentary power loss
occurs. When the power loss instantly, this function can be used to let the motor decelerate to
zero speed. If the power recovers at this time, drive can restart the motor after dEb return time.
 Lv return level: Default value will depend on the drive power model.
Frame A, B, C, D = Pr. 06-00 + 60V / 30V (220V series)
Frame E and above = Pr. 06-00 + 80V / 40V (220V series)

12.1-07-5

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Lv level: Default is Pr. 06-00

 During dEb in operation, it may be interrupted by other protection, such as ryF, ov, oc, occ,
EF…etc., and these error codes will be recorded.
 The STOP (RESET) command will be ineffective during the dEb auto deceleration, and the drive
will keep decelerating to stop. To make the drive coast to stop immediately, please use another
function EF instead.
 B.B. function is ineffective when executing dEb. B.B. function is enabled after dEb function is
finished.
 Even though Lv warning is not displayed during the dEb operates. If DC BUS voltage is lower
than Lv level, MO = 10 (Low voltage warning) still operates.
 dEb action illustrated as follows:
When DC voltage drops below dEb activated level, the dEb function starts to work (soft start relay
remain closed), and the drive will execute auto deceleration.

 Situation 1: Momentary power loss/ power current too low and unstable/ power supply sliding down
because of sudden heavy load
Pr. 07-13 = 1 and power recovers
When the power recovers and DC BUS voltage exceeds dEb return level, the drive will linear
decelerates to 0 Hz and stop. The keypad will display “dEb” warning until reset manually, to avoid
that the users do not know the reason of stopping.

DC BU S volta ge

d Eb re turn le ve l
dEb activa ted le ve l
Lv l eve l
So ft sta rt r el ay a t
pow er si de

dEb activa ted

Ou tput f req uen cy L ine ar d ecel eratio n
Au to dece lerati on
0H z

12.1-07-6
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Situation 2: Momentary power loss/ power current too low and unstable/ power supply sliding down
because of sudden heavy load
Pr. 07-13 = 2 and power recovers
During the dEb deceleration (includes 0 Hz run), if the power recovers higher than dEb return level,
the drive will maintain the frequency for 3 seconds and then accelerate again. The dEb warning on
the keypad will be cleared automatically.

DC BUS vo lta ge

dEb retu rn l evel

dEb activate d l evel
L v l evel

Soft s tart re lay a t

po we r side

dEb a cti vated

O utpu t f re que ncy

Auto de ce le ra tion Lin ea r acclera tion
0 Hz
3 s ec
dEb retu rn time

 Situation 3: Power supply unexpected shut down / power loss

Pr. 07-13 = 1 and power will not recover
The keypad will display “dEb” warning and stop after decelerating to the lowest running frequency.
When the DC BUS voltage is lower than Lv level, the drive will disconnect soft start relay until
running out of power completely.

DC BUS voltage

dEb return level

Completed
dEb ac tiv ated level power los s
Lv lev el

Soft s tart relay at

power side

dEb ac tiv ated

O utput frequency

0 Hz

MO = 10
Lv warning

12.1-07-7

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Situation 4: Power supply unexpected shut down / power loss

Pr. 07-13 = 2 and power will not recover
The drive will decelerate to 0 Hz. The DC BUS voltage will continue to decrease until the voltage is
lower than Lv level, then the drive will disconnect soft start relay. The keypad will display “dEb”
warning until the drive run out of power completely.

 Situation 5: Pr. 07-13 = 2 and power will recover after DC BUS voltage is lower than Lv level.
The drive will decelerate to 0 Hz. The DC BUS voltage will continue to decrease until the voltage is
lower than Lv level, then the drive will disconnect soft start relay. The soft start relay will close again
after the power recovers and DC BUS voltage is higher than Lv return level. When the DC BUS
voltage is higher than dEb return level, the drive will maintain the frequency for 3 seconds and
restart to linear accelerate, the dEb warning on the keypad will be cleared automatically.

DC B US vo l ta g e

d E b r e tu r n l e ve l
L v r e tu r n l e ve l
d E b a cti va te d l e ve l
L v l e ve l

S o ft sta r t r e l a y a t
p o we r si d e

d E b a cti va te d

O u tp u t fr e q u e n cy
A u to d e ce l e r a ti o n L i n e a r a cce l e r a ti o n
0 Hz
3 sec.
dE b r e tu r n ti me

MO = 1 0
L v wa r n i n g

 Dwell Time at Accel.

Factory Setting: 0.00
Settings 0.00~600.00 sec.
 Dwell Time at Decel.
Factory Setting: 0.00
Settings 0.00~600.00 sec.
 Dwell Frequency at Accel.
Factory Setting: 0.00
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
 Dwell Frequency at Decel.
Factory Setting: 0.00
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
 In heavy load situation, Dwell can maintain stable output frequency temporarily. It can be applied
to crane, elevators and so on.

12.1-07-8
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 When the load is heavier, use Pr. 07-15 ~ Pr. 07-18 to avoid the protection of OV or OC.

Frequency

07-18
07-16 Dwell
07-17
Dwell Frequency
Dwell Time
Frequency at Decel.
07-15 at Decel.
at Accel.
Dwell Time
at Accel. Time
Dwell at accel./decel.

 Fan Cooling Control

Factory Setting: 3
Settings 0: Fan always ON
1: Fan will be OFF after the AC motor drive stops 1 minute
2: 2: When the AC motor drive runs, the fan is ON. When the AC motor drive
stops, the fan is OFF
3: Fan turns ON when the temperature attain around 60 oC
 This parameter is used for controlling the fan.
 Setting 0: Fan will run immediately when the power of drive is turned ON.
 Setting 1: AC motor drive runs and fan will run.1 minute after AC motor drive stops, fan will be
OFF
 Setting 2: AC motor drive runs and fan will run. AC motor drive stops and fan will stop
immediately
 Setting 3: When temperature of IGBT or capacitance is higher than 60 degrees, fan will run.
When temperature of IGBT and capacitance both are lower than 40 degrees, fan will
stop.

 Deceleration of Emergency or Forced Stop

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Coast to stop
1: Stop by 1st deceleration time
2: Stop by 2nd deceleration time
3: Stop by 3rd deceleration time
4: Stop by 4th deceleration time
5: System Deceleration
6: Automatic Deceleration
 When the multi-function input terminal is set to EF (10) or forced stop (18) and the terminal
contact is ON, the drive will stop according to the setting of this parameter.

12.1-07-9

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Auto Energy-saving Setting

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Disable
1: Enable
 When energy-saving is ON, the acceleration will operate with full voltage. During constant speed
operation, it will calculate the best voltage value automatically by the load power for the load.
This function is not suitable for the ever-changing load or the load which is nearly full during
operation.
 When the output frequency is constant, i.e. constant operation, the output voltage will decrease
automatically as the load decreases. Therefore, the drive will operate with min. multiplication of
voltage and current (electric power).

 Energy-saving Gain
Factory Setting: 100
Settings 10~1000 %
 When Pr. 07-21 is set to 1, this parameter can be used to adjust the gain of energy-saving. The
factory setting is 100 %. If the result is not well, it can be adjusted by decreasing the setting
value. If the motor oscillates, then increase the setting value.
 In certain applications such as high speed spindle, the temperature rise of motor is highly
concerned. Thus, when the motor is not in working status, the motor current should reduce to a
lower level. Reducing this parameter setting can meet this requirement.

 Auto Voltage Regulation (AVR) Function

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Enable AVR
1: Disable AVR
2: Disable AVR during deceleration
 The rated voltage of the motor is usually AC 220V / 200 V, 60 Hz / 50 Hz, and the input voltage
of the AC motor drive may vary from AC 180 V to 264V, 50 Hz / 60 Hz. Therefore, when the AC
motor drive is used without AVR function, the output voltage will be the same as the input
voltage. When the motor runs at the voltage exceeding 12 % ~ 20 % of rated voltage, it will
cause higher temperature, damaged insulation and unstable torque output, which will result in
losses due to shorter lifetime of motor.
 AVR function automatically regulates the output voltage of AC motor drive to the motor rated
voltage. For example, if V/F curve is set at AC 200V / 50 Hz and the input voltage is at AC 200V
to 264V, then output voltage to the motor will automatically be reduced to a maximum of AC
200V / 50 Hz. If the input voltage is at AC 180V to 200V, the output voltage to motor and input
power will be in direct proportion.
 Setting 0: when AVR function is enabled, the drive will calculate the output voltage by actual DC
BUS voltage. The output voltage will NOT change when DC BUS voltage changes.

12.1-07-10
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Setting 1: when AVR function is disabled, the drive will calculate the output voltage by actual DC
BUS voltage. The output voltage will be changed by DC BUS voltage. It may cause insufficient /
over current or shock.
 Setting 2: the drive will disable the AVR when deceleration to stop, and may accelerate to brake.
 When the motor ramps to stop, the deceleration time will be shorter when setting this parameter
to 2 with auto acceleration / deceleration, the deceleration will be more stable and quicker.

 Filter Time of Torque Command (V/F and SVC Control Mode)

Factory Setting: 0.050
Settings 0.001~10.000 sec.
 When the setting is too long, the control will be stable but the control response will be delayed.
When the setting is too short, the response will be quicker but the control may be unstable. User
can adjust the setting according to the stability of control and response time.

 Filter Time of Slip Compensation (V/F and SVC Control Mode)

Factory Setting: 0.100
Settings 0.001~10.000 sec.
 The response time of compensation can be changed by Pr. 07-24 and Pr. 07-25.
 If Pr. 07-24 and Pr. 07-25 are set to 10 seconds, the response time of compensation is the
slowest. However, the system may be unstable if the time set is too short.

 Torque Compensation Gain

. Torque Compensation Gain (Motor 2)
 Torque Compensation Gain (Motor 3)
 Torque Compensation Gain (Motor 4)
Factory Setting: 1
Settings IM: 0~10 (when Pr. 05-33 = 0)
PM: 0~5000 (when Pr. 05-33 = 1 or 2)
 When the motor load is large, a part of drive output voltage is absorbed by the resistor of stator
winding, therefore, the air gap magnetic field is insufficient, which causes insufficient voltage at
motor induction and result in over output current but insufficient output torque. Auto torque
compensation can auto adjust output voltage according to the load, and keep the air gap
magnetic fields stable to get the optimal operation.
 In the V/F control, the voltage will decrease in direct proportion with the frequency decreased. It
will cause the torque decreasing at low speed due to the AC resistor is smaller while DC resistor
is unchanged. Therefore, auto torque compensation function will increase output voltage in low
frequency to get higher start torque.
 When compensation gain is set too large, it may cause motor overflux and result in too large
output current, motor overheat or protection function be triggered.

12.1-07-11

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Slip Compensation Gain (V/F and SVC Control Mode)

 Slip Compensation Gain (Motor 2)
 Slip Compensation Gain (Motor 3)
 Slip Compensation Gain (Motor 4)
Factory Setting: 0.00
Settings 0.00~10.00 (Default value is 1 in SVC mode)
 The induction motor needs the constant slip to produce magnetic torque. It can be ignore in the
higher motor speed, such as rated speed or 2-3 % of slip.
 In operation, the slip and the synchronous frequency will be in reverse proportion to produce the
same magnetic torque. That is the slip will be larger with the reduction of synchronous frequency.
The motor may stop when the synchronous frequency decreases to a specific value. Therefore,
the slip seriously affects the accuracy of motor speed at low speed.
 In another situation, when the drive is used with induction motor, the slip will increase when the
load increases. It also affects the accuracy of motor speed.
 This parameter can be used to set compensation frequency, and reduce the slip to make the
synchronous speed when the motor runs in rated current, thereby to improve the accuracy of
the drive. When the drive output current is higher than Pr. 05-05 No-load Current of Induction
Motor 1 (A), the drive will compensate the frequency by this parameter.
 This parameter will be set to 1.00 automatically when the control method (Pr. 00-11) is changed
from V/F mode to vector mode. Please do the compensation of slip after loaded and
acceleration. The compensation value should be increased from small to big gradually. That is
to add the output frequency with motor rated slip  Pr. 07-27 Slip Compensation Gain when
the motor is at rated load. If the actual speed ratio is slower than expected, then increase the
setting value. Otherwise, decrease the setting value.

 Slip Deviation Level

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0.0~100.0 %
0: No detection
 Detection Time of Slip Deviation
Factory Setting: 1.0
Settings 0.0~10.0 sec.
 Treatment of Slip Deviation
Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Warn and keep operation
1: Warn and ramp to stop
2: Warn and coast to stop
3: No warning
 The Pr. 07-29 to Pr. 07-31 is to set allowable slip level / time and the over slip treatment when
the drive is running.

12.1-07-12
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Motor Shock Compensation Factor

Factory Setting: 1000
Settings 0~10000
 If there are current wave motion of motor in some specific area, setting this parameter can
improve this situation effectively. (When running with high frequency or PG, it can be set to 0.
when the current wave motion occurs in low frequency and high-powered, please increase the
value of Pr. 07-32.)

 Return Time of Fault Restart

Factory Setting: 60.0
Settings 0.0~6000.0 sec.
 When a reset / restart after fault occurs, the drive will regards Pr.07-33 as a time period and start
counting the number of faults occurred within this time period. Within the period, if the number of
faults occurred did not exceed the setting in Pr. 07-11, the counting will be cleared and starts
from 0 when next fault occurs.

OOB Sampling Time

Factory Setting: 1.0
Settings 0.1~120.0 sec.

Number of OOB Sampling Times

Factory Setting: 20
Settings 00~32

OOB Average Sampling Angle

Factory Setting: #.#
Settings Read Only
 OOB (Out Of Balance Detection) function can be used with PLC program in washing machine
system. Set Pr. 02-01~02-07 (Multi-function Input Command) to 82 “OOB loading balance
detection”, and receiving Pr. 07-48 (Average Sampling Angle) ∆θ value according to Pr. 07-46
(Sampling Time) and Pr. 07-47 (Number of Sampling Times) when the terminal is turned ON.
 PLC or Host controller determines the motor speed according to Pr. 07-48 Average Sampling
Angle ∆θ value. When Average Sampling Angle ∆θ value is large, the load is unbalanced. In this
case, PLC or host controller needs to reduce the frequency command. On the contrary,
high-speed operation can be executed.
 Related parameters: Pr. 02-01~Pr. 02-07 Multi-function Input Command.

 dEb Gain
Factory Setting: 8000
Settings 0~65535

12.1-07-13

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

08 High-function PID Parameters  This parameter can be set during operation.

 Terminal Selection of PID Feedback

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: No function
1: Negative PID feedback: by analog input (Pr. 03-00)
2: Negative PID feedback: by PG card pulse input, without direction
(Pr. 10-16)
4: Positive PID feedback: by analog input (Pr. 03-00)
5: Positive PID feedback: by PG card pulse input, without direction (Pr. 10-16)
7: Negative PID feedback: by communication protocol
8: Positive PID feedback: by communication protocol
 Negative feedback means: + target value – feedback. It is used for the detection value will be
increased by increasing the output frequency.
 Positive feedback means: - target value + feedback. It is used for the detection value will be
decreased by increasing the output frequency.
 When Pr. 08-00 ≠ 7 neither ≠ 8, input value is disabled. The value of the setting remains the
same after the drive is off.

1. Common applications for PID control

 Flow control: A flow sensor is used to feedback the flow data and performs accurate flow
control.
 Pressure control: A pressure sensor is used to feedback the pressure data and performs
precise pressure control.
 Air volume control: An air volume sensor is used to feedback the air volume data to have
excellent air volume regulation.
 Temperature control: A thermocouple or thermistor is used to feedback temperature data
for comfortable temperature control.
 Speed control: A speed sensor or encoder is used to feedback motor shaft speed or input
another machines speed as a target value for closed loop speed control of master-slave
operation. Pr. 10-00 sets the PID set point source (target value).

2. PID control loop:

K p: Proportional gain(P) Ti : Integral time(I) Td: Deriv ative c ontrol(D) : O perator

3. Concept of PID control
Proportional gain (P):
The output is proportional to input. With only proportional gain control, there will always be a
steady-state error.
12.1-08-1

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Integral time (I):

The controller output is proportional to the integral of the controller input. To eliminate the
steady-state error, an “integral part” needs to be added to the controller. The integral time
decides the relation between integral part and error. The integral part will be increased by time
even if the error is small. It gradually increases the controller output to eliminate the error until it
is 0. In this way a system can be stable without steady-state error by proportional gain control
and integral time control.

Differential control (D):

The controller output is proportional to the differential of the controller input. During elimination
of the error, oscillation or instability may occur. The differential control can be used to suppress
these effects by acting before the error. That is, when the error is near 0, the differential control
should be 0. Proportional gain (P) + differential control (D) can be used to improve the system
state during PID adjustment.

4. When PID control is used in a constant pressure pump feedback application:

Set the application’s constant pressure value (bar) to be the set point of PID control. The
pressure sensor will send the actual value as PID feedback value. After comparing the PID set
point and PID feedback, there will be an error. Thus, the PID controller needs to calculate the
output by using proportional gain (P), integral time (I) and differential time (D) to control the
pump. It controls the drive to have different pump speed and achieves constant pressure control
by using a 4-20 mA signal corresponding to 0-10 bar as feedback to the drive.

no fuse breaker
( NFB) water pump

R(L1) R(L1) U(T 1)

S(L2) S( L2) V(T2) IM
T(L3) T(L3)
3~
W(T 3)

throttle
F eedback 4-20mA
cor responds pressure
0-10bar sensor
ACI/A VI
(4- 20mA /0- 10V )
DC
ACM - +
analog si gnal common

 Pr. 00-04 is set to 10 (Display PID analog feedback signal value (b) (%))
 Pr. 01-12 Acceleration Time will be set as required
 Pr. 01-13 Deceleration Time will be set as required

12.1-08-2

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Pr. 00-21 = 0 to operate from the digital keypad

 Pr. 00-20 = 0, the set point is controlled by the digital keypad
 Pr. 08-00 = 1 (Negative PID feedback from analog input)
 ACI analog input Pr. 03-01 set to 5, PID feedback signal.
 Pr. 08-01-08-03 will be set as required
If there is no vibration in the system, increase Pr. 08-01 (Proportional Gain (P))
If there is no vibration in the system, reduce Pr. 08-02 (Integral Time (I))
If there is no vibration in the system, increase Pr. 08-03 (Differential Time (D))
 Refer to Pr. 08-00 to 08-21 for PID parameters settings.

 Proportional Gain (P)

Factory Setting: 1.0
Settings 0.0~500.0
 When the setting is 1.0, it means Kp gain is 100 %; setting is 0.5, Kp gain means 50 %.
 It is used to eliminate the system error. It is usually used to decrease the error and get the faster
response speed. But if the value is set too high, it may cause the system oscillation and
instability.
 If the other two gains (I and D) are set to zero, proportional control is the only one effective.

 Integral Time (I)

Factory Setting: 1.00
Settings 0.00~100.00 sec.
 The integral controller is used to eliminate the error during stable system. The integral control
doesn’t stop working until error is 0. The integral is acted by the integral time. The smaller
integral time is set, the stronger integral action will be. It is helpful to reduce overshoot and
oscillation to make a stable system. At this moment, the decreasing error will be slow. The
integral control is often used with other two controls to become PI controller or PID controller.
 This parameter is used to set the integral time of I controller. When the integral time is long, it will
have small gain of I controller, the slower response and bad external control. When the integral
time is short, it will have large gain of I controller, the faster response and rapid external control.
 When the integral time is too small, it may cause system oscillation.
 If the integral time is set as 0.00, Pr. 08-02 will be disabled.

 Derivative Time (D)

Factory Setting: 0.00
Settings 0.00~1.00 sec.
 The differential controller is used to show the change of system error and it is helpful to preview
the change of error. So the differential controller can be used to eliminate the error to improve
system state. With the suitable differential time, it can reduce overshoot and shorten adjustment
time. However, the differential operation will increase the noise interference. Please note that
too large differential will cause big noise interference. Besides, the differential shows the change
and the output of the differential will be 0 when there is no change. Therefore, the differential
control can’t be used independently. It needs to be used with other two controllers to make a PD
controller or PID controller.
12.1-08-3

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 This parameter can be used to set the gain of D controller to decide the response of error
change. The suitable differential time can reduce the overshoot of P and I controller to decrease
the oscillation and have a stable system. But too long differential time may cause system
oscillation.
 The differential controller acts for the change of error and can’t reduce the interference. It is not
recommended to use this function in the serious interference.

 Upper Limit of Integral Control

Factory Setting: 100.0
Settings 0.0~100.0 %
 This parameter defines an upper bound or limit for the integral gain (I) and therefore limits the
Master Frequency. The formula is:
Integral upper bound = Maximum Output Frequency (Pr. 01-00) x (Pr. 08-04 %)
 Too large integral value will make the slow response due to sudden load change. In this way, it
may cause motor stall or machine damage.

 PID Output Command Limit (Positive Limit)

Factory Setting: 100.0
Settings 0.0~100.0 %
 This parameter defines the percentage of output frequency limit during the PID control. The
formula is Output Frequency Limit = Maximum Output Frequency (Pr. 01-00) × Pr. 08-05 %.

 PID Feedback Value by Communication Protocol

Factory Setting: 0.00
Settings -200.00 %~200.00 %
 When PID feedback input is set as communication (Pr. 08-00 = 7 or 8), PID feedback value can
be set by this value.

 PID Delay Time

Factory Setting: 0.0
Settings 0.0~2.5 sec.
PID Mode Selection
Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Serial connection
1: Parallel connection
 When setting is 0, it uses conventional PID control structure.
 When setting is 1, proportional gain, integral gain and derivative gain are independent. The P, I
and D can be customized to fit users’ demand.
 Pr. 08-07 determines the primary low pass filter time when in PID control. Setting a large time
constant may slow down the response rate of drive.
 Output frequency of PID control will filter by primary low pass function. This function could filter a
mix frequency. A long primary low pass time means filter degree is high and vice versa.
 Inappropriate setting of delay time may cause system error.

12.1-08-4

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 PI Control:
Controlled by the P action only, and thus, the deviation cannot be eliminated entirely. To
eliminate residual deviations, the P + I control will generally be utilized. And when the PI control
is utilized, it could eliminate the deviation incurred by the targeted value changes and the
constant external interferences. However, if the I action is excessively powerful, it will delay the
responding toward the swift variation. The P action could be used solely on the loading system
that possesses the integral components.
 PD Control:
When deviation occurred, the system will immediately generate some operation load that is
greater than the load generated single handedly by the D action to restrain the increment of the
deviation. If the deviation is small, the effectiveness of the P action will be decreasing as well.
The control objects include occasions with integral component loads, which are controlled by the
P action only, and sometimes, if the integral component is functioning, the whole system will be
vibrating. On such occasions, in order to make the P action’s vibration subsiding and the system
stabilizing, the PD control could be utilized. In other words, this control is good for use with
loading of no brake functions over the processes.
 PID Control:
Utilize the I action to eliminate the deviation and the D action to restrain the vibration, thereafter,
combine with the P action to construct the PID control. Use of the PID method could obtain a
control Process with no deviations, high accuracies and a stable system.

Serial connection

PID Canc elled

Input Selec tion of the 08-00=0
PID Target Value F requenc y
or 02-01~06=21(dis able) c ommand
00-20: KPMS-LE01/ 08-00=0
RS-485 1
03-00~02=4 PID 2 08-00 ≠0
target v alue PID
C om pensation
Selection PID D elay Tim e
08-16
08-07

+ P D + +
Proportion Differential
gain Time
Dis play of the PID feedbac k
00-04 =10 dis play of the
- 08-01 08-03 +
PID feedbac k P ID
d i re c ti o n

I 08-21 08-05
PID F req.
08-02
08-04 output
Input Selec tion Integral upper limit
of the PID F eedbac k limit
Time for Integral
08-00: AVI / ACI / PG
08-09 Treatment of the F eedbac k Signal F ault
If Hz > 08-05 time ov er 08-08

12.1-08-5

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Parallel connection

Input Selection of the

PID Target Value
00-20: KPMS-LE01 / R S-485
03-00~ 02 = 4 PID target value
PID C ancelled 08-00= 0 F requency
or 02-01~ 06= 21( disable) command
08-00=0
1
2
08-00 ≠0
P
Proportion gain
PID
compensation
+
PID Delay Time
08-07
08-01 selection
08- 16

+ D
D ifferential
+ +
T ime
- 08-03 + 08-05
D isplay of the PID feedback

I
00-04= 10 display of the
PID feedback
08-21
PID F r eq.
08-02 output
Input Selection Integr al 08-04 command limit
of the PID F eedback T ime upper limit
08-00: AVI / AC I / PG for Integr al
08-09
T reatment of the F eedback Signal F ault
If H z > 08- 05, time over 08- 08

 Feedback Signal Detection Time

Factory Setting: 0.0
Settings 0.0~3600.0 sec.
 Pr. 08-08 is valid only for ACI 4-20 mA.
 This parameter sets the detection time of abnormal PID signal feedback. If detection time is set
to 0.0, detection function is disabled.

 Feedback Signal Fault Treatment

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Warn and keep operation
1: Warn and ramp to stop
2: Warn and coast to stop
3: Warn and operate at last frequency
 This parameter is valid only for ACI 4-20 mA.
 AC motor drive acts when the feedback signals analog PID feedback is abnormal.

 Sleep Frequency
Factory Setting: 0.00
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
 Setting value of Pr. 08-10 determines if sleep reference and wake-up reference is enable or
disable. When Pr. 08-10 = 0, it means disable. When Pr. 08-10 ≠ 0, it means enable.

12.1-08-6

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Wake-up Frequency
Factory Setting: 0.00
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
 When Pr. 08-18 = 0, the unit of Pr. 08-10 and that of Pr. 08-11 become frequency. The settings
then become to 0 ~ 599.00 Hz.
 When Pr. 08-18 = 1, the unit of Pr.08-10 and that of Pr. 08-11 switch to percentage. The settings
then switch to 0~200.00 %.
 And the percentage is based on the input command value not the maximum. E.g. If the maximum
value is 100 Kg, the current value is 30 kg, if Pr. 08-11 = 40 %, the value is 12 kg.
 Pr. 08-10 is according to the same logic for calculation.

 Sleep Time
Factory Setting: 0.0
Settings 0.0~6000.0 sec.
 When the frequency command is smaller than the sleep frequency and less than the sleep time,
the frequency command is equal to the sleep frequency. However the frequency command
remains at 0.00 Hz until the frequency command becomes equal to or bigger than the wake-up
frequency.

 PID Deviation Level

Factory Setting: 10.0
Settings 1.0~50.0 %
 PID Deviation Time
Factory Setting: 5.0
Settings 0.1~300.0 sec.
 Filter Time for PID Feedback
Factory Setting: 5.0
Settings 0.1~300.0 sec.
 When the PID control function is normal, it should calculate within a period of time and close to
the target value.
 Refer to the PID control diagram for details. When executing PID feedback control, if |PID
reference target value – detection value| > Pr. 08-13 PID Deviation Level and exceeds Pr. 08-14
setting, it will be judged as the PID control fault. Multiple-function output MO = 15 (PID feedback
error) will activate.

 PID Compensation Selection

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Parameter setting
1: Analog input
 Pr. 08-16 = 0: PID compensation value is given via Pr. 08-17 setting.

12.1-08-7

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 PID Compensation
Factory Setting: 0
Settings -100.0 ~ +100.0 %
 The PID compensation value = Max. PID target value × Pr. 08-17. For example, the max. output
frequency Pr. 01-00 = 60 Hz, Pr. 08-17 = 10.0 %, PID compensation value will increase output
frequency 6.00 Hz. 60.00 Hz × 100.00 % × 10.0 % = 6.00 Hz

Setting of Sleep Mode Function

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Refer to PID output command
1: Refer to PID feedback signal
 When Pr. 08-18 = 0, the unit of Pr. 08-10 and that of Pr. 08-11 becomes frequency. The settings
then become 0.00~599.00 Hz.
 When Pr. 08-18 = 1, the unit of Pr. 08-10 and that of Pr. 08-11 switches to percentage. The
settings then switch to 0~200.00 %.

 Wake-up Integral Limit

Factory Setting: 50.0
Settings 0.0~200.0 %
 The wake-up integral limit of drive is to prevent sudden high speed running when drive wakes up.
 The wake-up integral frequency limit = (01-00 × 08-19 %)
 The Pr. 08-19 is used to reduce the reaction time from sleep to wake-up.

Enable PID to Change the Operation Direction

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Operation direction can be changed
1: Operation direction cannot be changed
 Wakeup Delay Time
Factory Setting: 0.00
Settings 0.00~600.00 sec.
 Refer to Pr. 08-18 for more information.

 PID Control Flag

Factory Setting: 2
Settings bit 0 = 1, PID reverse running must follow the setting of Pr. 00-23
bit 0 = 0, PID reverse running refers to PID’s calculated value
bit 1 = 1, PID Kp gain is 2 decimal place
bit 1 = 0, PID Kp gain is 1 decimal place
 bit 0, When Pr. 08-21 = 1, PID reverse running is enable.
 bit 0 = 0, if the PID calculated value is positive, it will be forward running. If the PID calculated
value is negative, it will be reverse running.
 When the setting of bit 1 changes, Kp gain will not change. For example: Kp = 6, when Pr. 08-23
bit 1 = 0, Kp = 6.0; when Pr. 08-23 bit 1 = 1, Kp = 6.00.
12.1-08-8

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

There are three scenarios for sleep and wake-up frequency.

1) Frequency Command (PID is not in use, Pr. 08-00 = 0. Only works in VF mode)
When the output frequency ≤ the sleep frequency, and the drive reaches the preset sleep
time, then drive will be at the sleep mode. When the frequency command reaches the wake-up
frequency, the drive will start to count the wake-up delay time. Then when drive reaches the
wake-up delay time, the drive will begin acceleration time to reach the frequency command.

Frequency command
Actual output frequency

Frequency
Pr. 08-11
Command Actual Output Frequency
Wake -up
Reference Point

Pr. 08-10
Sleep
Reference Point

Pr. 08-12 0 Hz Pr. 08-22

Wake-up
Sleep Time Delay
Time

2) Frequency Command Calculation of the Internal PID

When the PID calculation reaches the sleep frequency, the drive will start to count the sleep
time and the output frequency will start to decrease. If the drive exceeds the preset sleep time, it
will directly go to sleep mode which is 0 Hz. But if the drive doesn’t reach the sleep time, it will
remain at the lower limit (if there is a preset of lower limit.). Or it will remain at the lowest output
frequency set at Pr. 01-07 and wait to reach the sleep time then go to sleep mode (0 Hz).
When the calculated frequency command reaches the wake-up frequency, the drive will start
to count the wake-up delay time. Once reaching the wake-up delay time, the drive will start the
acceleration time to reach the PID frequency command.

12.1-08-9

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

3) PID Feedback Rate Percentage (Use PID, Pr. 08-00 ≠ 0 and Pr. 08-18 = 1)
When the PID feedback rate reaches the sleep level percentage, the drive starts to count the
sleep time. The output frequency will also decrease. If the drive exceeds the preset sleep time, it
will go to sleep mode which is 0 Hz. But if the drive doesn’t reach the sleep time, it will remain at
the lower limit (if there is a preset of lower limit.). Or it will remain at the lowest output frequency
set at Pr. 01-07 and wait to reach the sleep time then go to sleep mode (0 Hz).
When PID feedback value reaches the wake up percentage the motor drive will start to count
the wake up delay time. Once reaches the wake up delay time, the motor drives starts the
accelerating time to reach PID frequency command

 PID Output Command Limit (Reverse Limit)

Factory Setting: 100.0
Settings 0.0~100.0 %
 When PID enables reverse, PID output amount is negative value, and the output amount of PID
will be limited by the setting of Pr. 08-26. Need to use with Pr. 08-21.

 Acceleration / deceleration time of PID command

Factory Setting：0.00
Settings 0.00~655.35 sec.
 When Pr. 08-27 is setting to 0.00 sec., there is no command of PID acceleration / deceleration,
the target value is equal to PID command. When the settings is not equal to 0.00 sec., the
command of PID acceleration / deceleration is active, the acceleration and deceleration of PID
is that when PID target value change, the command value increment / decrement is according
to this parameter.

12.1-08-10

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 For example, if we set the parameter to 10.00 sec. , when PID target value change from 0 % to
100 %, it needs to take 10 sec. for PID command from 0 % to 100 %; the same situation when
target value change from 100 % to 0 %, it also needs to take 10 sec. for PID command from
100 % to 0 %.

Selection of frequency base corresponding to 100.00 % PID

Factory Setting：0
Settings 0: PID control output 100.00 % corresponding to max. output frequency
(Pr. 01-00)
1: PID control output 100.00 % corresponding to the input value of auxiliary
frequency
 This parameter is valid when auxiliary and master frequency function opens.
When Pr. 08-29 = 0, PID control output 100.00 % corresponding to the max. output frequency;
When Pr. 08-29 = 1, PID control output 100.00 % corresponding to the input value of auxiliary
frequency (If the auxiliary frequency changes, PID output frequency is also followed changes
together.)

12.1-08-11

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

09 Communication Parameters  The parameter can be set during the operation.

8 1
Modbus RS- 485
When us ing communication devi ces, Pin 1~2,7,8: Reserv ed
connects AC dr ive with P C by us ing Pin 3, 6: GND
Delta IFD6530 or IFD 6500. Pin 4: SG-
RS-485 Pin 5: SG+

 Communication Address
Factory Setting: 1
Settings 1~254
 If the AC motor drive is controlled by RS-485 serial communication, the communication address
for this drive must be set via this parameter and each AC motor drive’s communication address
must be different.

 COM1 Transmission Speed

Factory Setting: 9.6
Settings 4.8~115.2 Kbps
 This parameter is for setting up the transmission speed of computer and the drive.
 Please set 4.8 Kbps, 9.6 Kbps, 19.2 Kbps, 38.4 Kbps, 57.6 Kbps, or 115.2 Kbps. Otherwise the
transmission speed will be replaced by 9.6 Kbps.

 COM1 Transmission Fault Treatment

Factory Setting: 3
Settings 0: Warn and keep operation
1: Warn and ramp to stop
2: Warn and coast to stop
3: No warning and continue operation
 This parameter is to set the reaction of MODBUS transmission errors with the host. Detection
time can be set in Pr. 09-03.

 COM1 Time-out Detection

Factory Setting: 0.0
Settings 0.0~100.0 sec.
 It is used to set the communication transmission time-out.

 COM1 Communication Protocol

Factory Setting: 1
Settings 1: 7N2 (ASCII)
2: 7E1 (ASCII)
3: 7O1 (ASCII)
4: 7E2 (ASCII)
5: 7O2 (ASCII)
6: 8N1 (ASCII)
7: 8N2 (ASCII)
8: 8E1 (ASCII)
12.1-09-1

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

9: 8O1 (ASCII)
10: 8E2 (ASCII)
11: 8O2 (ASCII)
12: 8N1 (RTU)
13: 8N2 (RTU)
14: 8E1 (RTU)
15: 8O1 (RTU)
16: 8E2 (RTU)
17: 8O2 (RTU)
 Control by PC (Computer Link)
 When using RS-485 serial communication interface, each drive must be pre-specified its
communication address in Pr. 09-00, the computer can implement control according to their
individual address.
 MODBUS ASCII (American Standard Code for Information Interchange): Each byte data is the
combination of two ASCII characters. For example, a 1-byte data: 64 Hex, shown as ‘64’ in
ASCII, consists of ‘6’ (36Hex) and ‘4’ (34Hex).

1. Code Description

Communication protocol is in hexadecimal, ASCII: ”0” … “9”, “A” … “F”, every 16 hexadecimal
represent ASCII code. For example:
Character ‘0’ ‘1’ ‘2’ ‘3’ ‘4’ ‘5’ ‘6’ ‘7’
ASCII code 30H 31H 32H 33H 34H 35H 36H 37H

Character ‘8’ ‘9’ ‘A’ ‘B’ ‘C’ ‘D’ ‘E’ ‘F’

ASCII code 38H 39H 41H 42H 43H 44H 45H 46H

2. Data Format

10-bit character frame (For ASCII):

(7, N, 2)

Start Stop Stop

bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
bit bit

7-data bits
10-bits character frame

(7, E, 1)

Start Even Stop

bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 parity bit

7-data bits
10-bits character frame

12.1-09-2

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

(7, O, 1)

Start Odd Stop

bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 parity bit

7-data bits
10-bits character frame

11-bit character frame (For RTU):

(8, N, 2)

Start Stop Stop

bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 bit bit
8-data bits
11-bits character frame

(8, E, 1)

Start Even Stop

bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
parity bit
8-data bits
11-bits character frame

(8, O, 1)

Start Odd Stop

bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
parity bit
8-data bits
11-bits character frame

3. Communication Protocol

Communication Data Frame

ASCII mode :
STX Start character = ‘ : ’ (3AH)
Address Hi Communication address:
Address Lo 8-bit address consists of 2 ASCII codes
Function Hi Command code:
Function Lo 8-bit command consists of 2 ASCII codes
DATA (n-1) Contents of data:
……. N x 8-bit data consist of 2n ASCII codes
N ≤ 16, maximum of 32 ASCII codes (20 sets of data)
DATA 0
LRC CHK Hi LRC check sum:
LRC CHK Lo 8-bit check sum consists of 2 ASCII codes
END Hi End characters:
END Lo END Hi = CR (0DH), END Lo = LF (0AH)

12.1-09-3

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

RTU mode:
START A silent interval of more than 10 ms
Address Communication address: 8-bit address
Function Command code: 8-bit command
DATA (n-1)
Contents of data:
…….
N × 8-bit data, n ≤16
DATA 0
CRC CHK Low CRC check sum:
CRC CHK High 16-bit check sum consists of 2 8-bit characters
END A silent interval of more than 10 ms

Communication Address (Address)

00H: broadcast to all AC motor drives
01H: AC motor drive of address 01
0FH: AC motor drive of address 15
10H: AC motor drive of address 16
:
FEH: AC motor drive of address 254

Function code (Function) and DATA (Data characters)

03H: read data from register
06H: write single register

Example: reading continuous 2 data from register address 2102H, AMD address is 01H.

ASCII mode:
Command Message: Response Message
STX ‘:’ STX ‘:’
‘0’ ‘0’
Address Address
‘1’ ‘1’
‘0’ ‘0’
Function Function
‘3’ ‘3’
‘2’ Number of register ‘0’
‘1’ (count by byte) ‘4’
Starting register
‘0’ ‘1’
‘2’ Content of starting ‘7’
‘0’ register 2102H ‘7’
Number of register ‘0’ ‘0’
(count by word) ‘0’ ‘0’
‘2’ ‘0’
Content of register 2103H
‘D’ ‘0’
LRC Check
‘7’ ‘0’
CR ‘7’
END LRC Check
LF ‘1’
CR
END
LF

12.1-09-4

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

RTU mode:
Command Message: Response Message
Address 01H Address 01H
Function 03H Function 03H
21H Number of register
Starting data register 04H
02H (count by byte)
Number of register 00H Content of register 17H
(count by world) 02H address 2102H 70H
CRC CHK Low 6FH Content of register 00H
CRC CHK High F7H address 2103H 00H
CRC CHK Low FEH
CRC CHK High 5CH

06H: single write, write single data to register.

Example: writing data 6000 (1770H) to register 0100H. AMD address is 01H.

ASCII mode:
Command Message: Response Message
STX ‘:’ STX ‘:’
‘0’ ‘0’
Address Address
‘1’ ‘1’
‘0’ ‘0’
Function Function
‘6’ ‘6’
‘0’ ‘0’
‘1’ ‘1’
Target register Target register
‘0’ ‘0’
‘0’ ‘0’
‘1’ ‘1’
‘7’ ‘7’
Register content Register content
‘7’ ‘7’
‘0’ ‘0’
‘7’ ‘7’
LRC Check LRC Check
‘1’ ‘1’
CR CR
END END
LF LF

RTU mode:
Command Message: Response Message
Address 01H Address 01H
Function 06H Function 06H
01H 01H
Target register Target register
00H 00H
17H 17H
Register content Register content
70H 70H
CRC CHK Low 86H CRC CHK Low 86H
CRC CHK High 22H CRC CHK High 22H

10H: write multiple registers (write multiple data to registers) (at most 20 sets of data can be
written simultaneously)
Example: Set the multi-stage speed of AC motor drive (address is 01H):
Pr. 04-00 = 50.00 (1388H), Pr. 04-01 = 40.00 (0FA0H)

12.1-09-5

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

ASCII Mode
Command Message: Response Message
STX ‘:’ STX ‘:’
ADR 1 ‘0’ ADR 1 ‘0’
ADR 0 ‘1’ ADR 0 ‘1’
CMD 1 ‘1’ CMD 1 ‘1’
CMD 0 ‘0’ CMD 0 ‘0’
‘0’ ‘0’
‘5’ ‘5’
Target register Target register
‘0’ ‘0’
‘0’ ‘0’
‘0’ ‘0’
Number of register ‘0’ Number of register ‘0’
(count by word) ‘0’ (count by word) ‘0’
‘2’ ‘2’
Number of register ‘0’ ‘E’
LRC Check
(count by Byte) ‘4’ ‘8’
‘1’ CR
END
‘3’ LF
The first data content
‘8’
‘8’
‘0’
‘F’
The second data content
‘A’
‘0’
‘9’
LRC Check
‘A’
CR
END
LF

RTU mode:
Command Message: Response Message:
ADR 01H ADR 01H
CMD 10H CMD 1 10H
05H 05H
Target register Target register
00H 00H
Number of register 00H Number of register 00H
(Count by word) 02H (Count by word) 02H
Quantity of data (Byte) 04 CRC Check Low 41H
13H CRC Check High 04H
The first data content
88H
0FH
The second data content
A0H
CRC Check Low ‘9’
CRC Check High ‘A’

Check sum
ASCII mode:
LRC (Longitudinal Redundancy Check) is calculated by summing up, module 256 and the values
of the bytes from ADR1 to last data character then calculating the hexadecimal representation of
the 2’s-complement negation of the sum.
For example:
01H + 03H + 21H + 02H + 00H + 02H = 29H, the 2’s-complement negation of 29H is D7H.

12.1-09-6

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

RTU mode:
CRC (Cyclical Redundancy Check) is calculated by the following steps:
Step 1: Load a 16-bit register (called CRC register) with FFFFH.
Step 2: Exclusive OR the first 8-bit byte of the command message with the low order byte of the
16-bit CRC register, putting the result in the CRC register.
Step 3: Examine the LSB of CRC register.
Step 4: If the LSB of CRC register is 0, shift the CRC register one bit to the right with MSB zero
filling, then repeat step 3. If the LSB of CRC register is 1, shift the CRC register one bit to
the right with MSB zero filling, Exclusive OR the CRC register with the polynomial value
A001H, then repeat step 3.
Step 5: Repeat step 3 and 4 until eight shifts have been performed. When this is done, a
complete 8-bit byte will have been processed.
Step 6: Repeat step 2 to 5 for the next 8-bit byte of the command message. Continue doing this
until all bytes have been processed. The final contents of the CRC register are the CRC
value. When transmitting the CRC value in the message, the upper and lower bytes of
the CRC value must be swapped, i.e. the lower order byte will be transmitted first.

The following is an example of CRC generation using C language. The function takes two
arguments:
Unsigned char* data  a pointer to the message buffer
Unsigned char length  the quantity of bytes in the message buffer
The function returns the CRC value as a type of unsigned integer.
Unsigned int crc_chk(unsigned char* data, unsigned char length)
{
int j;
unsigned int reg_crc=0Xffff;
while(length--){
reg_crc ^= *data++;
for(j=0;j<8;j++){
if(reg_crc & 0x01){ /* LSB(b0)=1 */
reg_crc=(reg_crc>>1) ^ 0Xa001;
}else{
reg_crc=reg_crc >>1;
}
}
}

return reg_crc; // return register CRC

12.1-09-7

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

4. Address list
Content Register Function
AC motor drive GG means parameter group, nn means parameter number, for
GGnnH
parameters example, the address of Pr. 04-01 is 0401H.
Command write only 2000H bit 1~0 00B: No function
01B: Stop
10B: Run
11B: JOG + RUN
bit 3~2 Reserved
bit 5~4 00B: No function
01B: FWD
10B: REV
11B: Change direction
bit 7~6 00B: 1st accel. / decel.
01B: 2nd accel. / decel.
10B: 3rd accel. / decel.
11B: 4th accel. / decel.
bit 11~8 000B: Master speed
0001B: 1st Stage speed frequency
0010B: 2nd Stage speed frequency
0011B: 3rd Stage speed frequency
0100B: 4th Stage speed frequency
0101B: 5th Stage speed frequency
0110B: 6th Stage speed frequency
0111B: 7th Stage speed frequency
1000B: 8th Stage speed frequency
1001B: 9th Stage speed frequency
1010B: 10th Stage speed frequency
1011B: 11th Stage speed frequency
1100B: 12th Stage speed frequency
1101B: 13th Stage speed frequency
1110B: 14th Stage speed frequency
1111B: 15th Stage speed frequency
bit 12 1: Enable bit 06-11 function
bit 14~13 00B: No function
01B: Operated by digital keypad
10B: Operated by Pr. 00-21 setting
11B: Change operation source
bit 15 Reserved
2001H Frequency command(XXX.XX Hz)
2002H bit 0 1: EF (external fault) on
bit 1 1: Reset
bit 2 1: B.B ON
bit 15~3 Reserved
Status monitor read High byte: Warn code
2100H
only Low Byte: Error code
2101H AC motor drive operation status
bit 1~0
00B: Drive stops
01B: Drive decelerating
10B: Drive standby
11B: Drive operating
bit 2 1: JOG command
bit 4~3 Operation direction
00B: FWD run
01B: From REV run to FWD run
10B: REV run
11B: From FWD run to REV run
12.1-09-8

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Content Register Function

1: Master frequency controlled by communication
bit 8
interface
bit 9 1: Master frequency controlled by analog signal
1: Operation command controlled by
bit 10
communication interface
bit 11 1: Parameter locked
bit 12 1: Enable to copy parameters from keypad
bit 15~13 Reserved
2102H Frequency command (XXX.XX Hz)
2103H Output frequency (XXX.XX Hz)
Output current (XX.XX A). When current is higher than 655.35,
2104H it will shift decimal as (XXX.X A). The decimal can refer to High
byte of 211F.
2105H DC-BUS voltage (XXX.X V)
2106H Output voltage (XXX.X V)
2107H Current step number of multi-stage speed operation
2108H Reserved
2109H Counter value
210AH Power factor angle (XXX.X)
210BH Output torque (XXX.X %)
210CH Actual motor speed (XXXXX rpm)
210DH Number of PG feedback pulses (0~65535)
210EH Number of PG2 pulse commands (0~65535)
210FH Power output (X.XXX KWH)
2116H Multi-function display (Pr. 00-04)
Max. operation frequency (Pr. 01-00) or Max. user defined
value (Pr. 00-26)
When Pr. 00-26 is 0, this value is equal to Pr. 01-00 setting
211BH When Pr. 00-26 is not 0, and the command source is Keypad,
this value = Pr. 00-24 * Pr. 00-26 / Pr. 01-00
When Pr. 00-26 is not 0, and the command source is 485, this
value = Pr. 09-10 * Pr. 00-26 / Pr. 01-00
211FH High byte: decimal of current value (display)
Display output current (A). When current is higher than 655.35,
2200H it will shift decimal as (XXX.X A). The decimal can refer to High
byte of 211F.
2201H Display counter value (c)
2202H Actual output frequency (XXXXX Hz)
2203H DC-BUS voltage (XXX.X V)
2204H Output voltage (XXX.X V)
2205H Power angle (XXX.X)
2206H Display actual motor speed kW of U, V, W (XXXXX kW)
Display motor speed in rpm estimated by the drive or encoder
2207H
feedback (XXXXX rpm)
Display positive / negative output torque in %, estimated by the
2208H
drive (t0.0: positive torque, -0.0: negative torque) (XXX.X %)
2209H Display PG feedback (as Pr. 00-04 NOTE 1)
220AH PID feedback value after enabling PID function (XXX.XX %)
220BH Reserved
Display signal of ACI analog input terminal, 4-V20 mA / 0-10 V
220CH
corresponds to 0.00~100.00% (2.) (as Pr. 00-04 NOTE 2)
220DH Reserved
220EH IGBT temperature of drive power module (XXX.X °C)
220FH The temperature of capacitance (XXX.X °C)
The status of digital input (ON / OFF), refer to Pr. 02-12
2210H
(as Pr. 00-04 NOTE 3)

12.1-09-9

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Content Register Function

The status of digital output (ON / OFF), refer to Pr. 02-18
2211H
(as Pr. 00-04 NOTE 4)
2212H The multi-step speed that is executing (S)
The corresponding CPU pin status of digital input (d.)
2213H
(as Pr. 00-04 NOTE 3)
The corresponding CPU pin status of digital output (O.)
2214H
(as Pr. 00-04 NOTE 4)
Number of actual motor revolution (PG1 of PG card) (P.) it will
2215H start from 9 when the actual operation direction is changed or
keypad display at stop is 0. Max. is 65535
2216H Pulse input frequency (PG2 of PG card) (XXX.XX Hz)
Pulse input position (PG card PG2), maximum setting is
2217H
65535.
2218H Position command tracing error
2219H Display times of counter overload (XXX.XX %)
221AH GFF (XXX.XX %)
221BH DCbus voltage ripples (XXX.X V)
221CH PLC register D1043 data (C)
221DH Pole of Permanent Magnet Motor
221EH User page displays the value in physical measure
221FH Output Value of Pr. 00-05 (XXX.XX Hz)
Number of motor turns when drive operates (keeping when
2220H
drive stops, and reset to zero when operation)
Operation position of motor (keeping when drive stops, and
2221H
reset to zero when operation)
2222H Fan speed of the drive (XXX %)
2223H Control mode of the drive 0: speed mode 1: torque mode
2224H Carrier frequency of the drive (XX KHZ)
2225H Reserved
Drive status
bit 1~0 00b: No direction
01b: Forward
10b: Reverse
bit 3~2 01b: Driver ready
2226H
10b: Error
bit 4 0b: Motor drive did not output
1b: Motor drive did output
bit 5 0b: No alarm
1b: Have Alarm
Drive’s estimated output torque (positive or negative direction)
2227H
(XXXX Nt-m)
2228H Torque command (XXX.X %)
2229H KWH display (XXXX.X)
222AH MI7pulse input in Low Word
222BH MI7 pulse input in High Word
222CH Motor actual position in Low Word
222DH Motor actual position in High Word
222EH PID reference (XXX.XX %)
222FH PID offset (XXX.XX %)
2230H PID output frequency (XXX.XX Hz)
2231H Hardware ID
2232H Display auxiliary frequency
2233H Display master frequency
Display frequency after addition and subtraction of auxiliary
2234H
and master frequency

12.1-09-10

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

5. Exception response:
When drive is doing communication connection, if an error occurs drive will respond the error
code and set the highest bit (bit 7) of code to 1 (function code AND 80H) then response to control
system to know that an error occurred.
If keypad displays “CE-XX” as a warning message, “XX” is the error code at that time. Please
refer to the meaning of error code in communication error for reference.

Example:
ASCII mode: RTU mode:
STX ‘:’ Address 01H
‘0’ Function 86H
Address
‘1’ Exception code 02H
‘8’ CRC CHK Low C3H
Function
‘6’ CRC CHK High A1H
‘0’
Exception code
‘2’
‘7’
LRC CHK
‘7’
CR
END
LF

The explanation of exception codes:

Exception code Explanation
1 Function code is not supported or unrecognized.
2 Address is not supported or unrecognized.
3 Data is not correct or unrecognized.
4 Fail to execute this function code

 Delay Time of Communication Response

Factory Setting: 2.0
Settings 0.0~200.0 ms
 This parameter is the response delay time after AC motor drive receives communication
command as shown in the following.

RS-485 BUS
PC or PLC command Response Message
of the AC Drive
Handling time Response Delay Time
of the AC drive Pr.09-09

Main Frequency of the Communication

Factory Setting: 60.00
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
 When Pr. 00-20 is set to 1 (RS-485 communication). The AC motor drive will save the last
frequency command into Pr. 09-10 when abnormal turn-off or momentary power loss. After
reboots the power, it will regard the frequency set in Pr. 09-10 if no new frequency command is
inputted. When frequency command of 485 is changed (the source of frequency command
needs to be set as MODBUS), this parameter is also be changed.

12.1-09-11

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Block Transfer 1
 Block Transfer 2
 Block Transfer 3
 Block Transfer 4
 Block Transfer 5
 Block Transfer 6
 Block Transfer 7
 Block Transfer 8
 Block Transfer 9
 Block Transfer 10
 Block Transfer 11
 Block Transfer 12
 Block Transfer 13
 Block Transfer 14
 Block Transfer 15
 Block Transfer 16
Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0~65535
 There is a group of block transfer parameter available in the AC motor drive (Pr. 09-11 to
Pr. 09-26). Through communication code 03H, user can use them (Pr. 09-11 to Pr. 09-26) to
save those parameters that you want to read.

Communication Decoding Method

Factory Setting: 1
Settings 0: Decoding method 1
1: Decoding method 2

Decoding Method 1 Decoding Method 2

Digital Keypad Digital keypad controls the drive action regardless decoding method 1 or 2.
External Terminal External terminal controls the drive action regardless decoding method 1 or 2.
Source of
RS-485 Refer to address: 2000h~20FFh Refer to address: 6000h ~ 60FFh
Operation
CANopen Refer to index: 2020-01h~2020-FFh Refer to index:2060-01h ~ 2060-FFh
Control
Communication Card Refer to address: 2000h ~ 20FFh Refer to address: 6000h ~ 60FFh
PLC PLC commands the drive action regardless decoding method 1 or 2.

 PLC Command Force to 0

Factory Setting：0
Setting 0~65535
 It defines the action that before PLC scans time sequence, the frequency command or speed
command needs to be cleared as 0 or not.
bit Explanation
bit 0 Before PLC scan, set up PLC target frequency = 0
bit 1 Before PLC scan, set up the PLC target torque = 0
bit 2 Before PLC scan, set up the speed limit of torque control mode = 0
12.1-09-12

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

PLC Address
Factory Setting: 2
Settings 1~254
CANopen Slave Address
Factory Setting: 0
0: Disable
Settings
1~127
CANopen Speed
Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: 1 Mbps
1: 500 kbps
2: 250 kbps
3: 125 kbps
4: 100 kbps (Delta only)
5: 50 kbps
CANopen Warning Record
Factory Setting: 0
Settings bit 0: CANopen software disconnection 1 (CANopen Guarding Time out)
bit 1: CANopen software disconnection 2 (CANopen Heartbeat Time out)
bit 3: CANopen SDO time out
bit 4: CANopen SDO buffer overflow
bit 5: CANopen hardware disconnection warning (Can Bus Off)
bit 6: Error protocol of CANOPEN
CANopen Decoding Method
Factory Setting: 1
Settings 0: Delta defined decoding method
1: CANopen Standard DS402 protocol
CANopen Communication Status
Factory Setting: Read Only
Settings 0: Node Reset State
1: Com Reset State
2: Boot up State
3: Pre Operation State
4: Operation State
5: Stop State

12.1-09-13

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

CANopen Control Status

Factory Setting: Read Only
Settings 0: Not ready for use state
1: Inhibit start state
2: Ready to switch on state
3: Switched on state
4: Enable operation state
7: Quick stop active state
13: Error reaction activation state
14: Error state
CANopen Reset Index
Factory Setting: 65535
Settings bit 0: CANopen reset, the internal address 20XX is 0
bit 1: CANopen reset, the internal address 264X is 0
bit 2: CANopen reset, the internal address 26AX is 0
bit 3: CANopen reset, the internal address 60XX is 0
Identifications for Communication Card
Factory Setting: ##
Settings 0: No communication card
1: DeviceNet Slave
2: Profibus-DP Slave
3: CANopen Slave
4: Modbus-TCP Slave
5: EtherNet/IP Slave
10: Backup Power Supply
Firmware Version of Communication Card
Product Code
Error code
Factory Setting: ##
Settings Read only
 Address of Communication Card
Factory Setting: 1
Settings DeviceNet: 0-63
Profibus-DP: 1-125
 Setting of DeviceNet Speed
Factory Setting: 2
Settings Standard DeviceNet:
0: 125 Kbps
1: 250 Kbps
2: 500 Kbps
3: 1 Mbps (Delta Only)
12.1-09-14

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Non standard DeviceNet: (Delta only)

0: 10 Kbps
1: 20 Kbps
2: 50 Kbps
3: 100 Kbps
4: 125 Kbps
5: 250 Kbps
6: 500 Kbps
7: 800 Kbps
8: 1 Mbps
 Other Setting of DeviceNet Speed
Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Disable
In this mode, baud rate can only be 125 Kbps, 250 Kbps, 500 Kbps,
1 Mbps in standard DeviceNet speed
1: Enable
In this mode, the baud rate of DeviceNet can be same as CANopen (0-8).
 It needs to use with Pr. 09-71.
 Setting 0: the baud rate can only be set to 0, 1, 2 or 3.
 Setting 1: setting of DeviceNet communication rate can be the same as CANopen (setting 0-8).

 IP Configuration of the Communication Card

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Static IP
1: Dynamic IP (DHCP)
 Setting 0: it needs to set IP address manually.
 Setting 1: IP address will be auto set by host controller.

 IP Address 1 of the Communication Card

 IP Address 2 of the Communication Card
 IP Address 3 of the Communication Card
 IP Address 4 of the Communication Card
Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0~255
 Pr. 09-76~09-79 should be used with communication card.

 Address Mask 1 of the Communication Card

 Address Mask 2 of the Communication Card
 Address Mask 3 of the Communication Card
 Address Mask 4 of the Communication Card
Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0~255

12.1-09-15

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Getway Address 1 of the Communication Card

 Getway Address 2 of the Communication Card
 Getway Address 3 of the Communication Card
 Getway Address 4 of the Communication Card
Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0~255
 Password for Communication Card (Low word)
 Password for Communication Card (High word)
Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0~99
 Reset Communication Card
Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Disable
1: Reset, return to factory setting
 Additional Setting for Communication Card
Factory Setting: 0
Settings bit 0: Enable IP filter
bit 1: Internet parameters enable (1 bit)
When IP address is set up, this bit will be enabled. After updating the
parameters of communication card, this bit will change to disable.
bit 2: Login password enable (1 bit)
When enter login password, this bit will be enabled. After updating the
parameters of communication card, this bit will change to disable.
Status of Communication Card
Factory Setting: 0
Settings bit 0: Password enable
When the communication card is set with password, this bit is enabled.
When the password is clear, this bit will be disabled.

12.1-09-16

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

10 Speed Feedback Control Parameters

 This parameter can be set during operation.
In this parameter group, ASR is the abbreviation for Adjust Speed Regulator and PG is the
abbreviation for Pulse Generator.

Encoder Type Selection

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Disabled
5. Pulse input (MI7)
 If you use MI7 single-phase pulse input function, you only can choose one of them: Encoder
input type (Pr. 10-02) or Pulse input type setting (Pr. 10-16).When you set speed feedback
function, pulse command can NOT be set, it needs to cancel the speed feedback function first
thus you can set the pulse command function. Speed feedback function should be used with
Pr. 10-02 = 5 (single-phase input (MI7)), drive will calculate MI7 single-phase pulse input speed
when control modes are VF, VFPG and SVC. In addition if MI7 single-phase pulse input is using
for speed feedback of close loop control, it only can use in VFPG close loop control mode.

Encoder Pulse Per Round

Factory Setting: 600
Settings 1~20000
 This parameter can set the encoder pulse per revolution (PPR). It is defined as a feedback
control signal source when using PG , the encoder must set the pulse number for motor rotating
a circle, it means the pulse number generated by A / B phase cycle.
 This setting is also the encoder resolution. With the higher resolution, the speed control will be
more accurate.
 If this parameter is setting error, it will cause motor stall, drive overcurrent, or magnetic pole
origin detection error of PM motor in closed loop control. When using PM motor, the pole zero
point detection (Pr. 05-00 = 13) must be done again if the content of this parameter is modified.

Encoder Input Type Setting

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Disable
5: Single-phase input (MI7)

 Electrical Gear at Load Side A1

 Electrical Gear at Motor Side B1
 Electrical Gear at Load Side A2
 Electrical Gear at Motor Side B2
Factory Setting: 100
Settings 1~65535
 Pr. 10-04 to 10-07 can be used with the multi-function input terminal (set to 48) to switch to
Pr. 10-04~10-05 or Pr. 10-06~10-07, shown as follows.

12.1-10-1

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Drive
PG
card

G ear G ear Motor

Load
A 1 or A 2 B 1 or B 2
E ncoder is used
at load side G ear ratio
MI = 48 O N = A 2 :B 2
O FF = A 1 :B 1

 Treatment for Encoder Feedback Fault

Factory Setting: 2
Settings 0: Warn and keep operation
1: Warn and ramp to stop
2: Warn and coast to stop
 Detection Time of Encoder Feedback Fault
Factory Setting: 1.0
Settings 0.0~10.0 sec. (0: No function)
 When encoder loss, encoder signal error, pulse signal setting error or signal error, if time
exceeds the detection time for encoder feedback fault (Pr. 10-09), the encoder signal error will
occur. Refer to Pr. 10-08 for encoder feedback fault treatment.
 When speed controller signal is abnormal, if time exceeds the detection time for encoder speed
controller fault (Pr. 10-09), the feedback fault will occur. Refer to Pr. 10-08 for encoder feedback
fault treatment.

 Encoder Stall Level

Factory Setting: 115
Settings 0~120 % (0: No function)
 This parameter determines the maximum encoder feedback signal allowed before a fault occurs.
(Max. output frequency Pr. 01-00 = 100 %)

 Detection Time of Encoder Stall

Factory Setting: 0.1
Settings 0.0~2.0 sec.
 Treatment for Encoder Stall
Factory Setting: 2
Settings 0: Warn and keep operation
1: Warn and ramp to stop
2: Warn and coast to stop
 When drive output frequency exceeds encoder stall level (Pr. 10-10), it will start to accumulate
time, when the error time exceeds detection time of encoder stall (Pr. 10-11), it will start to
implement treatment for encoder stall, please refer to the settings of this parameter for detail.

12.1-10-2
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Encoder Slip Range

Factory Setting: 50
Settings 0~50 % (0: No function)
 Detection Time of Encoder Slip
Factory Setting: 0.5
Settings 0.0~10.0 sec.
 Treatment for Encoder Stall and Slip Error
Factory Setting: 2
Settings 0: Warn and keep operation
1: Warn and ramp to stop
2: Warn and coast to stop
 Action principle of Pr. 10-13~Pr. 10-15:
When the value of (rotation speed – motor frequency) exceeds Pr. 10-13 setting, detection time
exceeds Pr. 10-14; it will start to accumulate time. If detection time exceeds Pr. 10-14, the
encoder feedback signal error will occur. Refer to Pr. 10-15 encoder stall and slip error
treatment.

 Pulse Input Type Setting

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Disabled
5: Single-phase input (MI7)
 When this setting is different from Pr. 10-02 setting and the source of the frequency command is
pulse input (Pr. 00-20 is set to 5), it will cause 4 times frequency problem.
Example: Assume that Pr. 10-01 = 1024, Pr. 10-02 = 1, Pr. 10-16 = 3, Pr. 00-20 = 5, MI = 37 and
ON, the pulse needed to rotate the motor a revolution is 4096.
 Assume that Pr. 10-01 = 1024, Pr. 10-02 = 1, Pr. 10-16 = 1, Pr. 00-20 = 5, MI = 37 and ON, the
pulse needed to rotate the motor a revolution is 1024.

 Electrical Gear A
 Electrical Gear B
Factory Setting: 100
Settings 1~65535
 Rotation speed = pulse frequency / encoder pulse (Pr. 10-01) * Electrical Gear A / Electrical
Gear B.

 PG2 Pulse Input Speed Command Filter Time

Factory Setting: 0.100
Settings 0.000~65.535 sec.
 When Pr. 00-20 is set to 5 and multi-function input terminal is set to 37 (OFF), the pulse
command will be regarded as frequency command. This parameter can be used to suppress the
jump of speed command.

12.1-10-3

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

PG2 Pulse Input Speed Command Mode

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Electronic frequency
1: Mechanical frequency (base on pole pair)
 Top Limit of Frequency Deviation
Factory Setting: 20.00
Settings 0.00~100.00 Hz
 This parameter can limit the maximum of frequency deviation.
 When this parameter is set too large, abnormal feedback malfunction will occur.
 If the application needs higher setting of Pr. 10-29, please note that: Higher setting of Pr. 10-29
value will result in larger motor slip, which will cause PG Error (PGF3, PGF4) easily. In this case,
setting Pr. 10-10 and Pr. 10-13 as 0 will disable PGF3 and PGF4 detection, but must make sure
the MI7 wiring and application is correct. Otherwise it may lose the instant PG protection. Too
High Pr. 10-29 setting is not a common setting.

 I/F Mode, Current Command

Factory Setting: 40
Settings 0~150 % rated current of motor
 The parameter is the current command of the drive in low-speed area (low-speed area: frequency
command < Pr. 10-39). When it is stalling on heavy duty start-up or forward / reverse with load,
adjust the parameter (increase). If inrush current is too high to cause oc stall, then decrease it.

 PM FOC Sensorless Speed Estimator Bandwidth

Factory Setting: 5.00
Settings 0.00~600.00 Hz
 The parameter is speed estimator bandwidth. Adjust the parameter will influence the stability and
the accuracy of speed for motor.
 If there is low frequency vibrates (the waveform is similar to sin wave) during the process, then
increase the bandwidth. If there is high frequency vibrates (the waveform vibrates extremely and
is like spur), then decrease the bandwidth.

 PM Sensorless Speed Estimator Low-pass Filter Gain

Factory Setting: 1.00
Settings 0.00~655.35
 Adjust the parameter will influence the response speed of speed estimator.
 If there is low frequency vibrates (the waveform is similar to sin wave) during the process, then
increase the gain. If there is high frequency vibrates (the waveform vibrates extremely and is like
spur), then decrease the gain.

12.1-10-4
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Frequency Point when Switch from I/F Mode to PM Sensorless Mode

Factory Setting: 20.00
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
 The parameter is the switch point which is from low frequency to high frequency.
 If the switch point is too low, motor will not generate enough back emf to let the speed estimator
measure the right position and speed of rotator, and cause stall and oc when the frequency of
switch point is running.
 If the switch point is too high, the active area of I/F will be too wide, which will generate larger
current and cannot save energy. (The reason is that if the current of Pr. 10-31 sets too high, and
the high switch point will make the drive keeps outputting with the setting value of Pr. 10-31).

 Frequency Point when Switch from PM Sensorless Mode to I/F Mode

Factory Setting: 20.00
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
 The parameter is the switch point which is from high frequency to low frequency.
 If the switch point is too low, motor will not generate enough back emf to let the speed estimator
measure the right position and speed of rotator when the frequency of switch point is running.
 If the switch point is too high, the active area of I/F will be too wide, which will generate larger
current and cannot save energy. (The reason is that if the current of Pr. 10-31 sets too high, and
the high switch point will make the drive keeps outputting with the setting value of Pr. 10-31)

 Initial Angle Detection Pulse Value

Factory Setting: 1.0
Settings 0.0~3.0
 The angle detection is fixed to 3: Use the pulse injection method to start. The parameter
influences the value of pulse during the angle detection. The larger the pulse is, the higher of
the accuracy of rotator’s position. But larger pulse might cause oc easily.
 Increase the parameter when the running direction and the command are opposite while
start-up. If oc occurs in the start-up moment, then decrease the parameter.
 Please refer to Chapter 12-2 Adjustment & Application for detailed motor adjustment procedure.

 Zero Voltage Time while Start Up

Factory Setting: 00.000
Settings 00.000~60.000 sec.
 This parameter is valid only when the setting of Pr. 07-12 (Speed tracking during start-up) = 0.
 When the motor is in static status at the startup, the accuracy to estimate angles will be
increased. In order to make the motor in “static status”, 3 phase of drive output 0V to motor to
reach this goal. Pr. 10-49 setting time is the length of time when 3 phase output 0V.
 It is possible that even when this parameter is being applied but the motor at the installation site
cannot go in to the “static status” caused by the inertia or by any external force. So, if the motor
doesn’t go into a complete “static status” in 0.2 sec., increase this setting value appropriately.
 If Pr. 10-49 sets too high, the start-up time will be longer obviously. If it is too low, then the
braking performance will be weak.

12.1-10-5

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Injection Frequency
Factory Setting: 500
Settings 0~1200 Hz
 This parameter is a high frequency injection command in PM SVC control mode, and usually it
doesn’t need to be adjusted. But if a motor’s rated frequency (i.e. 400 Hz) is too close to the
frequency setting of this parameter (i.e. factory setting 500 Hz), the accuracy of angles detected
will be affected. Therefore, refer to the setting of Pr. 01-01 before adjusting this parameter.
 If the setting value of Pr. 00-17 is lower than Pr. 10-51*10, then increase the frequency of carrier
wave.
 Pr. 10-51 is valid only when Pr. 10-53 = 2.

 Injection Magnitude
Factory Setting: 15.0 / 30.0
Settings 0.0~200.0 V
 The parameter is magnitude command of high frequency injection signal in PM SVC control
mode.
 Increasing the parameter can get more accurate estimated value of angle. But the noise of
electromagnetic might be louder if the setting value is too high.
 This parameter will be received when motor’s parameter is “Auto”. And this parameter will
influence the accuracy of angel‘s estimation.
 When the ratio of salient pole (Lq / Ld) is lower, increase Pr. 10-52 to make angle detection be
accurate.
 Pr. 10-52 is valid only when Pr. 10-53 = 2.

 Position Detection Method

Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: Disabled
1: Internal 1/4 rated current attracting the rotor to zero degrees
2: High frequency injection
3: Pulse injection
 It is suggested to set as “2” if it is IPM; set as “3” if it is SPM. If there is bad effect when set as
“2” or “3”, then set as “1”.

12.1-10-6
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

11 Advanced Parameters  This parameter can be set during operation.

In this parameter group, ASR is the abbreviation for Adjust Speed Regulator.

System Control
Factory Setting: 0
Settings bit 3: Dead time compensation closed
bit 7: Selection to save or not save the frequency
 bit 7 = 0: frequency is saved before power turns off. When power turns ON again, the displayed
frequency will be the memorized frequency.
bit 7 = 1: frequency is not saved before power turns off. When power turns ON again, the
displayed frequency will be 0.00 Hz.

 ASR 1 Gain
Factory Setting: 10
Settings 0~40 Hz (IM) / 1~100 Hz (PM)
 ASR 1 Integral Time
Factory Setting: 0.100
Settings 0.000~10.000 sec.
PWM Mode Selection
Factory Settings: 2
Settings 0: 2-phase
2: Space vector
 When setting is 2-phase mode, it can reduce the drive power components losses effectively and
provide better performance in the long wire applications.
 When setting is space vector mode, it can reduce the power loss and electromagnetic noise of
motor effectively.

 System Control Flag

Factory Settings: 0000
Settings 0000~FFFFh

bit No. Function Description

0 Reserved
0: FWD / REV cannot be controlled by Pr. 02-12 bit 0 & 1
1 FWD / REV action control
1: FWD / REV can be controlled by Pr. 02-12 bit 0 & 1
2~15 Reserved

12.1-11-1

CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

13 Macro / User Define Macro

Application Selection
Factory Setting: 00
Settings 00: Disabled
01: User parameter
02: Compressor
03: Fan
04: Pump
05: Conveyor
06: Machine tool
07: Packing
08: Textiles
 Note: After selecting the macro, some of default values will be adjusted automatically according
to the application selection.
 Group setting 02: Compressor
The following table of contents is the relevant application parameters used for compressor
settings.
Pr. Explanation Settings
00-11 Control of speed mode 0 (V/F control mode)
00-16 Load selection 0 (Normal load)
00-17 Carrier frequency Factory default setting
00-20 Source of the master frequency command (AUTO) 2 (External analog input)
00-21 Source of the operation command (AUTO) 1 (External terminals)
00-22 Stop method 0 (Ramp to stop)
00-23 Control of motor direction 1 (Disable reverse)
01-00 Max. operation frequency of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-01 Output frequency of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-02 Output voltage of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-03 Mid-point frequency 1 of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-04 Mid-point voltage 1 of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-05 Mid-point frequency 2 of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-06 Mid-point voltage 2 of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-07 Min. output frequency of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-08 Min. output voltage of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-11 Output frequency lower limit 20 (Hz)
01-12 Accel. time 1 20 (s)
01-13 Decel. time 1 20 (s)
03-00 Analog input selection (AVI) 0 (No function)
03-01 Analog input selection (ACI) 1 (Frequency command)
05-01 Full-load current of induction motor 1 (A) Factory default setting
05-03 Rated speed of induction motor 1 (rpm) Factory default setting
05-04 Pole number of induction motor 1 Factory default setting

12.1-13-1
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Group setting 03: Fan

The following table of contents is the relevant application parameters used for fan settings.

Pr. Explanation Settings

00-11 Control of speed mode 0 (VF)
00-16 Load selection 0 (Normal load)
00-17 Carrier frequency Factory default setting
00-20 Source of the master frequency command (AUTO) 2 (External analog input)
00-21 Source of the operation command (AUTO) 1 (External terminals)
00-22 Stop method 1 (Coast to stop)
00-23 Control of motor direction 1 (Disable reverse)
00-30 Source of the master frequency command (HAND) 0 (Digital keypad)
00-31 Source of the operation command (HAND) 0 (Digital keypad)
01-00 Max. operation frequency of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-01 Output frequency of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-02 Output voltage of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-03 Mid-point frequency 1 of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-04 Mid-point voltage 1 of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-05 Mid-point frequency 2 of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-06 Mid-point voltage 2 of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-07 Min. output frequency of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-08 Min. output voltage of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-10 Output frequency upper limit 50 (Hz)
01-11 Output frequency lower limit 35 (Hz)
01-12 Accel. time 1 15 (s)
01-13 Decel. time 1 15 (s)
01-43 V/F curve selection 2 (2nd V/F curve)
16 (Rotating speed command
02-05 Multi-function input command 5 (MI5)
from ACI)
02-16 Multi-function output 2 (MO1) 11 (Malfunction indication)
02-17 Multi-function output 3 (MO2) 1 (Indication during RUN)
03-00 Analog input selection (AVI) 1 (Frequency command)
03-01 Analog input selection (ACI) 1 (Frequency command)
03-28 AVI terminal input selection 0 (0-10V)
03-29 ACI terminal input selection 1 (0-10V)
03-31 AFM output selection 0 (0-10V)
03-50 Analog input curve selection 1 (3 point curve of AVI)
2 (Speed tracking by minimum
07-06 Restart after momentary power loss
output frequency)
07-11 Restart times after fault 5 (times)
07-33 Return time of fault restart 60 (s)

12.1-13-2
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Group setting 04: Pump

The following table of contents is the relevant application parameters used for pump settings.

Pr. Explanation Settings

00-11 Control of speed mode 0 (VF)
00-16 Load selection 0 (Normal load)
00-20 Source of the master frequency command (AUTO) 2 (External analog input)
00-21 Source of the operation command (AUTO) 1 (External terminals)
00-23 Control of motor direction 1 (Disable reverse)
01-00 Max. operation frequency of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-01 Output frequency of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-02 Output voltage of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-03 Mid-point frequency 1 of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-04 Mid-point voltage 1 of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-05 Mid-point frequency 2 of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-06 Mid-point voltage 2 of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-07 Min. output frequency of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-08 Min. output voltage of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-10 Output frequency upper limit 50 (HZ)
01-11 Output frequency lower limit 35 (HZ)
01-12 Accel. time 1 15 (s)
01-13 Decel. time 1 15 (s)
01-43 V/F curve selection 2 (2nd V/F curve)
2 (Speed tracking by minimum
07-06 Restart after momentary power loss
output frequency)
07-11 Restart times after fault 5 (times)
07-33 Return Time of Fault Restart 60 (s)

 Group setting 05: Conveyor

The following table of contents is the relevant application parameters used for conveyor
settings.

Pr. Explanation Settings

00-11 Control of speed mode 0 (VF)
00-16 Load selection 0 (Normal load)
00-20 Source of the master frequency command (AUTO) 2 (External analog input)
00-21 Source of the operation command (AUTO) 1 (External terminals)
01-00 Max. operation frequency of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-01 Output frequency of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-02 Output voltage of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-03 Mid-point frequency 1 of motor 1 Factory default setting

12.1-13-3
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Pr. Explanation Settings

01-04 Mid-point voltage 1 of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-05 Mid-point frequency 2 of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-06 Mid-point voltage 2 of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-07 Min. output frequency of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-08 Min. output voltage of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-12 Accel. time 1 10 (s)
01-13 Decel. time 1 10 (s)

 Group setting 06: Machine tool

The following table of contents is the relevant application parameters used for machine tool
settings.

Pr. Explanation Settings

00-11 Control of speed mode 0 (VF)
00-17 Carrier frequency Factory default setting
00-20 Source of the master frequency command (AUTO) 2 (External analog input)
00-21 Source of the operation command (AUTO) 1 (External terminals)
01-00 Max. operation frequency of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-01 Output frequency of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-02 Output voltage of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-03 Mid-point frequency 1 of motor 1 0
01-04 Mid-point voltage 1 of motor 1 0
01-05 Mid-point frequency 2 of motor 1 0
01-06 Mid-point voltage 2 of motor 1 0
01-07 Min. output frequency of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-08 Min. output voltage of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-12 Accel. time 1 5 (s)
01-13 Decel. time 1 5 (s)
01-24 S-curve acceleration begin time 1 0
01-25 S-curve acceleration arrival time 2 0
01-26 S-curve deceleration begin time 1 0
01-27 S-curve deceleration arrival time 2 0
02-03 Multi-function input command 3 (MI3) 1 (Multi-stage speed command 1)
02-04 Multi-function input command 4 (MI4) 2 (Multi-stage speed command 2)
02-13 Multi-function output 1 RY1 11 (Malfunction indication)
02-16 Multi-function output 2 (MO1) 1 (Indication during RUN)
02-17 Multi-function output 3 (MO2) 2 (Operation speed attained)
03-00 Analog input selection (AVI) 1 (Frequency command)
06-01 Over-voltage stall prevention 0 (Disabled)

12.1-13-4
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

06-03 Over-current stall prevention during acceleration 0 (Disabled)

06-04 Over-current stall prevention during operation 0 (Disabled)
Accel. / Decel. time selection of stall prevention at
06-05 0 (By current accel. / decel. time)
constant speed
07-01 DC brake current level 20 (%)
07-03 DC brake time at stop 0.3 (s)
07-04 DC brake start frequency 0 (Hz)
07-23 Auto voltage regulation (AVR) function 1 (Disable AVR)

 Group setting 07: Packing

The following table of contents is the relevant application parameters used for packing settings.

Pr. Explanation Settings

00-11 Control of speed mode 0 (VF)
00-20 Source of the master frequency command (AUTO) 0 (Digital keypad)
00-21 Source of the operation command (AUTO) 2 (Communication RS-485 input)
1: 2-wire mode 1, power on for
02-00 2-wire / 3-wire operation control operation control (M1: FWD /
STOP, M2: REV / STOP)
01-00 Max. operation frequency of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-01 Output frequency of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-02 Output voltage of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-03 Mid-point frequency 1 of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-04 Mid-point voltage 1 of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-05 Mid-point frequency 2 of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-06 Mid-point voltage 2 of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-07 Min. output frequency of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-08 Min. output voltage of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-12 Accel. time 1 10 (s)
01-13 Decel. time 1 10 (s)
01-24 S-curve acceleration begin time 1 Factory default setting
01-25 S-curve acceleration arrival time 2 Factory default setting
01-26 S-curve deceleration begin time 1 Factory default setting
01-27 S-curve deceleration arrival time 2 Factory default setting
03-00 Analog input selection (AVI) 1 (Frequency command)
03-28 AVI terminal input selection Factory default setting

12.1-13-5
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Group setting 08: Textiles

The following table of contents is the relevant application parameters used for textiles settings.

Pr. Explanation Settings

00-11 Control of speed mode 0 (VF)
Source of the master frequency command
00-20 1 (Communication RS-485 input)
(AUTO)
00-21 Source of the operation command (AUTO) 1 (External terminals)
01-00 Max. operation frequency of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-01 Output frequency of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-02 Output voltage of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-03 Mid-point frequency 1 of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-04 Mid-point voltage 1 of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-05 Mid-point frequency 2 of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-06 Mid-point voltage 2 of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-07 Min. output frequency of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-08 Min. output voltage of motor 1 Factory default setting
01-12 Accel. time 1 10 (s)
01-13 Decel. time 1 10 (s)
01-24 S-curve acceleration begin time 1 0.2 (s)
01-25 S-curve acceleration arrival time 2 0.2 (s)
01-26 S-curve deceleration begin time 1 0.2 (s)
01-27 S-curve deceleration arrival time 2 0.2 (s)
06-03 Over-current stall prevention during acceleration 180 (%)
06-04 Over-current stall prevention during operation 180 (%)
06-07 Over-torque detection level (motor 1) 200 (%)
2: When the AC motor drive runs, the
07-19 Fan cooling control fan is ON. When the AC motor
drive stops, the fan is OFF

~ Application Parameters (User Defined)

12.1-13-6
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

14 Protection Parameters (2) This parameter can be set during operation.

Output Frequency at Malfunction 2

Output Frequency at Malfunction 3
Output Frequency at Malfunction 4
Output Frequency at Malfunction 5
Output Frequency at Malfunction 6
Factory Setting: Read only
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
 When error occurs, user can check output frequency at malfunction. If the error happens again,
this parameter will cover previous record.

DC Voltage at Malfunction 2
DC Voltage at Malfunction 3
DC Voltage at Malfunction 4
DC Voltage at Malfunction 5
DC Voltage at Malfunction 6
Factory Setting: Read only
Settings 0.0~6553.5 V
 When error occurs, user can check DC voltage at malfunction. If the error happens again, this
parameter will cover previous record.

Output Current at Malfunction 2

Output Current at Malfunction 3
Output Current at Malfunction 4
Output Current at Malfunction 5
Output Current at Malfunction 6
Factory Setting: Read only
Settings 0.00~655.35 Amp
 When error occurs, user can check output current at malfunction. If the error happens again,
this parameter will cover previous record.

IGBT Temperature at Malfunction 2

IGBT Temperature at Malfunction 3
IGBT Temperature at Malfunction 4
IGBT Temperature at Malfunction 5
IGBT Temperature at Malfunction 6
Factory Setting: Read only
o
Settings -3276.7~3276.7 C
 When error occurs, user can check IGBT temperature at malfunction. If the error happens again,
this parameter will cover previous record.

12.1-14-1
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Fault Record 7
Fault Record 8
Fault Record 9
Fault Record 10
Factory Setting: 0
Settings
0: No fault record
1: Over-current during acceleration (ocA)
2: Over-current during deceleration (ocd)
3: Over-current during constant speed (ocn)
4: Ground fault (GFF)
6: Over-current at stop (ocS)
7: Over-voltage during acceleration (ovA)
8: Over-voltage during deceleration (ovd)
9: Over-voltage during constant speed (ovn)
10: Over-voltage at stop (ovS)
11: Low-voltage during acceleration (LvA)
12: Low-voltage during deceleration (Lvd)
13: Low-voltage during constant speed (Lvn)
14: Low-voltage at stop (LvS)
15: Phase loss protection (OrP)
16: IGBT over-heat (oH1)
18: TH1 open: IGBT over-heat protection error ( tH1o)
21: Drive over-load (oL)
22: Electronics thermal relay protection 1 (EoL1)
23: Electronics thermal relay protection 2 (EoL2)
24: Motor PTC overheat (oH3)
26: Over-torque 1 (ot1)
27: Over-torque 2 (ot2)
28: Low current (uC)
31: Memory read-out error (cF2)
33: U-phase current detection error (cd1)
34: V-phase current detection error (cd2)
35: W-phase current detection error (cd3)
36: Clamp current detection error (Hd0)
37: Over-current detection error (Hd1)
40: Auto tuning error (AUE)
41: PID feedback loss (AFE)
42: PG feedback error (PGF1)
43: PG feedback loss (PGF2)
44: PG feedback stall (PGF3)

12.1-14-2
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

45: PG slip error (PGF4)

48: Analog current input loss (ACE)
49: External fault input (EF)
50: Emergency stop (EF1)
51: External Base Block (bb)
52: Password error (Pcod)
54: Communication error (CE1)
55: Communication error (CE2)
56: Communication error (CE3)
57: Communication error (CE4)
58: Communication Time-out (CE10)
61: Y-connection / △-connection switch error (ydc)
62: Decel. Energy Backup Error (dEb)
63: Slip error (oSL)
72: Channel 1 (S1~DCM) safety loop error (STL1)
76: Safety torque off (STo)
77: Channel 2 (S2~DCM) safety loop error (STL2)
78: Internal loop error (STL3)
79: U phase Over current before run (Aoc)
80: V phase Over current before run (boc)
81: W phase Over current before run (coc)
82: U phase output phase loss (oPL1)
83: V phase output phase loss (oPL2)
84: W phase output phase loss (oPL3)
87: Drive over load in low frequency (oL3)
89: Initial rotor position detection error (roPd)
101: CANopen software disconnect 1 (CGdE)
102: CANopen software disconnect 2 (CHbE)
104: CANopen hardware disconnect (CbFE)
105: CANopen index setting error (CIdE)
106: CANopen station number setting error (CAdE)
107: CANopen memory error (CFrE)
121: Internal communication error (CP20)
123: Internal communication error (CP22)
124: Internal communication error (CP30)
126: Internal communication error (CP32)
127: Software version error (CP33)
128: Over-torque 3 (ot3)
129: Over-torque 4 (ot4)
134: Electronics thermal relay 3 protection (EoL3)
135: Electronics thermal relay 4 protection (EoL4)
140: GFF detected when power on (Hd6)

12.1-14-3
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

141: GFF occurs before run (b4GFF)

142: Auto tuning error 1 (DC test stage) (AUE1)
143: Auto tuning error 2 (High frequency test stage) (AUE2)
144: Auto tuning error 3 (Rotary test stage) (AUE3)
 As long as the fault is forced to stop, it will be recorded.
 Low voltage (Lv) when stopped (LvS warning, no record). Low voltage (Lv) when operation (LvA,
Lvd, Lvn error, it will be recorded).
 When dEb function is effective and enable, drive will start the dEb function and also record the
error code 62 to Pr. 06-17~06-22, Pr. 14-70~14-73 at same time.

 Over-torque Detection Selection (Motor 3)

 Over-torque Detection Selection (Motor 4)
Factory Setting: 0
Settings 0: No function
1: Continue operation after Over-torque detection during constant speed
operation
2: Stop after Over-torque detection during constant speed operation
3: Continue operation after Over-torque detection during RUN
4: Stop after Over-torque detection during RUN
 When Pr. 14-74 and Pr. 14-77 setting are 1 or 3, there will have a warning message but no error
record.
 When Pr. 14-74 and Pr.14-77 setting are 2 or 4, there will have an error message and error
record.

 Over-torque Detection Level (Motor 3)

 Over-torque Detection Level (Motor 4)
Factory Setting: 120
Settings 10~250 % (100 % corresponds to the rated current of the drive)
 Over-torque Detection Time (Motor 3)
 Over-torque Detection Time (Motor 4)
Factory Setting: 0.1
Settings 0.0~60.0 sec.
 When the output current exceeds over-torque detection level (Pr. 14-75 / Pr.14-78) and over-
torque detection time (Pr. 14-76 / Pr. 14-79), the over-torque detection will follow Pr. 14-74 or
Pr. 14-77 setting.
 When Pr. 14-74 or Pr. 14-77 setting is 1 or 3, drive will display ot3 / ot4 warning when
over-torque detection but drive is still continuous operation, until the output current is less than
5 % of over-torque detection, the warning message will be relieved.

12.1-14-4
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Output current

Over-torque
detection level
14-75 (14-78)
14-75 (14-78)*95 %

Multi-function
output terminal
= 73 or 74
Over-torque
detection time
14-76 (14-79)

 When Pr. 14-74 or Pr. 14-77 setting is 2 or 4, drive will display ot3 / ot4 error when over-torque
detection and drive will stop operation, it will operate by manual reset.

Over-torque
detection level
Manual reset
14-75 (14-78)

Output current
Manual reset

Multi-function
output terminal
= 73 or 74

Over-torque
detection time
14-76 (14-79)

 Electronic Thermal Relay Selection 3 (Motor 3)

 Electronic Thermal Relay Selection 4 (Motor 4)
Factory Setting: 2
Settings 0: Inverter motor (with external forced cooling)
1: Standard motor (motor with fan on the shaft)
2: Disabled
 In order to prevent the self-cooling motor occurs motor overheating during low speed operation,
users can set the electronic thermal relay to limit the drive output power allowable.
 The setting 0 is suitable for inverter motor (with external forced cooling). There is no obvious
correlation between the heat dissipation capability and speed of motor, so the low speed
electronic thermal relay is fixed, it can ensure that the load capacity of the motor at low speed.
 The setting 1 is suitable for standard motor (motor with fan on the shaft). The cooling capacity of
motor is poor at low speed, so the electronic thermal relay action time will be appropriate to
reduce, it can ensure the life of the motor.
 When power ON/OFF uses frequently, the thermal relay protection will be reset when power
OFF, so even if the setting is 0 or 1, it may not be protected. If there are several motors
connected to a drive, please install the electronic thermal relay in each of motors.

12.1-14-5
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Electronic Thermal Relay Action Time 3 (Motor 3)

 Electronic Thermal Relay Action Time 4 (Motor 4)
Factory Setting: 60.0
Settings 30.0~600.0 sec.
 Electronic thermal relay is according to the motor 150 % rated current value and with Pr. 14-81
settings, the settings of Pr. 14-83 is to protect the motor to avoid burned due to motor
overheating. When it reaches the setting time, the drive will display "EoL3 / EoL4", and the
motor will be free run to stop.
 This parameter function is based on the operating characteristic curve of electronic thermal
relay I2t, it is according to the drive output frequency, current and running time to protect the
motor and prevent the overheating of motor.
Ra te d cu r r e n t Ra te d cu r r e n t
o f mo to r % o f mo to r %

100 100

80 80
60 60
40 40
20 20

25 50 75 100 125 150 25 50 75 100 125 150

Ra te d fr e q u e n cy o f mo to r % Ra te d fr e q u e n cy o f mo to r %
Mo to r co a xi a l co o l i n g cu r ve fi g u r e Mo to r i n d e p e n d e n t co o l i n g cu r ve fi g u r e

 The electronic thermal relay action condition should be follow the settings of Pr. 14-80 /
Pr. 14-82:
1. Pr. 14-80 / Pr. 14-82 set to 0:Inverter motor (with external forced cooling):
When drive output current is higher than the rated current 150 % of motor (please refer to the
motor independent cooling curve figure as above), drive starts to accumulate time if the
accumulation time exceeds the settings of Pr. 14-81 / Pr. 14-83, electronic thermal relay will be
actuated.
2. Pr. 14-80 / Pr. 14-82 set to 1:Standard motor (motor with fan on the shaft)：
When drive output current is higher than the rated current 150 % of motor (please refer to the
motor coaxial cooling curve figure as above), drive starts to accumulate time if the
accumulation time exceeds the settings of Pr. 14-81 / Pr. 14-83, electronic thermal relay will be
actuated. The electronic thermal relay action time will depend on the drive output current (load
rate of motor %) to make appropriate adjustments, the short action time when the current is
high, the long action time when the current is low, please see the figure showing as below:

Op eratio n time
(se c.)
6 00
5 50
5 00
4 50
4 00
3 50 F= 50Hz
30 0 F= 40Hz
F= 20Hz
2 50
2 00
1 50
1 00
50
Motor l oa din g ra te
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
1 08
1 20
1 32
1 44
1 56
1 68
1 80
1 92

0
(%)

12.1-14-6
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

12-2 Adjustment & Application

Standard PM Motor Adjustment Procedure
 Pr. 00-11 = 2 SVC (Pr. 05-33 = 1 or 2)
Flow chart of adjustment when starting up WITHOUT load

Freque nc y c ommand sett ing

(higher than switc hi ng frequen cy)

Start running
Available on Pr.10-53 =2 or 3
Lower init ia l angle pulse
width (Pr. 10-42)

Th e d i r ec ti on
i s ri g h t o r n o t wh e n
i t sta r ts r u n ni n g I nrush curre nt is too high
during press ing RUN
Yes

No-load test
wit h 1/ 4 rated speed

Incre ase Pr.07-26

No-load current
No- lo ad cu rr e nt is i s normal or not
too hi gh
No-l oa d cu rr en t is no r mal
(1 0~ 2 0% o f moto r ’s rate d cur r e n t)

I ncreas e the estima t ed Yes Decreas e the es timated

w idth (10-32)/ width (10 -32)/
I ncreas e the system Decreas e the syst em
in ertia (11 - 01 ) inertia (11 -01 )
Run ni ng on hi gh
fr e q ue ncy, the ou tpu t
O utp ut fr eq ue ncy wa ves or fr eq ue ncy is stab le Hig h fr eq ue n cy sp ur
d isp er ses su bsta n ti al ly o f no t on ou tpu t fre q u en cy
Yes
- Incr e a se the esti mate d wi dth (1 0- 32 )/
-In cre a se th e wa ve ca rr ie r fr eq ue ncy (00 -1 7)
-In cre a se PM sen ser le ss ob ser ver lo w-p ass
filte r ga in (1 0- 34 )

No Reach the
highe s t out put frequenc y
Moto r l ose s spe ed or not
on hi gh sp e ed

Yes

Test with load

12.2-1
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

Flow chart of adjustment when starting up WITH load

A t est of perf or mance on

lo w f req ue ncy & with l oad

In cr ea se P r1 0-3 1 De cre ase Pr 1 0 -31

Pe rfo rma n ce on
lo w fre qu e n cy &
Cap aci ty with lo ad o n lo w fr eq ue n cy wi th l oa d is no rma l Ou tpu t cur re nt o f lo w f re qu en cy
( 1 /1 0 rat e d sp ee d) is we ak o r no t (1 /10 ra ted spe ed ) is a littl e hi g he r
C apacity w i th load on low frequency
m eets the r equirem ent

Perf o rmance test o n

Ac cel. & Decel.

In cre ase P r0 5- 4 3

Ac ce l. & D ece l.
In hig h s pee d a rea , c ur rent a re no rma l o r no t
dur in g Ac ce l. i s a l ittle h ighe r
and s tal ling
Ac ce l. & D ece l. a r e n or m al

C apacit y of
stab le spee d t est

De crease Pr10 - 32 Increa se Pr1 0 -32

or Pr10 - 3 4 or P r1 0 - 34

Sta ble spe ed

in wh ole pro ces s
Hi gh f r eq ue n cy o f ou tpu t is n ormal o r not Lo w fr eq u e ncy o f
fr eq u e ncy flu ctua te s extre m el y ou tpu t fre qu en cy fluctu a te s

Yes

Finishe d

12.2-2
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

PMSVC control diagram

Pr07- 24 Filter t ime of t orque command
Pr07-26 Torque compensation gain
Pr10- 31 I /F m ode curr ent c ommand (I d)

Torque
compensation
control

Pr05-40 PM m otor Ld
Pr05-41 PM m otor Lq
Pr05-43 PM m otor Ke

d-axis voltage
command

Inv.
q-axis voltage
command Park
Pr05-39 St ator r esistance
o f PM m otor
Pr 05-43 PM m otor Ke

Electrical angle

d-axis current
feedback
q-axis current
feedback
to

Pr10- 32 PM s ensorless o bserver b andwidth

( high f requency area) 3-phase current
Pr 10-34 PM s ensorless observer low-pass filter gain feedback

Adjustment procedure
1. Select PM motor control
Pr. 05-33 =1 or 2
2. Set up motor parameter according to the nameplate on the motor
Pr. 01-01 Rated frequency
Pr. 01-02 Rated voltage
Pr. 05-34 Rated current
Pr. 05-35 Rated Power
Pr. 05-36 Rated speed
Pr. 05-37 Pole number of motor
3. Execute PM Auto-tuning (static)
Set Pr. 05-00 =13 and press Run. When the tuning is done, the following parameters will be
obtained.
Pr. 05-39 Stator resistance
Pr. 05-40 Permanent magnet motor Ld
Pr. 05-41 Permanent magnet motor lq
Pr. 05-43 (V / 1000 rpm), the Ke parameter of PM motor (this can be calculated
automatically according to power, current and speed of motor).
Pr. 10-52 The amplitude of the high frequency signal injected during angle detection

12.2-3
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 Injection Magnitude
Factory Setting: 15.0 / 30.0
Settings 0.0~200.0 V
 Increasing the parameter can get more accurate estimated value of angle. But the noise of
electromagnetic might be louder if the setting value is too high.
 This parameter will be received when motor’s parameter is “Auto”. And this parameter will
influence the accuracy of angel‘s estimation.
 When the ratio of salient pole (Lq / Ld) is lower, increase Pr. 10-52 to make angle detection be
accurate.
 Pr. 10-52 is valid only when Pr. 10-53 = 2.

4. Set the speed control mode: Pr. 00-10 = 0, Pr. 00-11 = 2 SVC.
5. It is suggested that cutting off the power after finishing tuning, and then re-power on.
6. The ration of PMSVC control mode is 1:20.
7. When PMSVC control mode is under 1 / 20 rated speed, load bearing capacity = 100 % motor
rated torque.
8. PMSVC control mode is not applicable for zero speed control.
9. Start-up with load and forward / reverse load bearing capacity of PMSVC control mode = 100 %
rated torque of motor.
10. Set up the speed estimators related parameters.

 I/F Mode Current Command

Factory Setting: 40
Settings 0~150 % of motor’s rated current
 The parameter is the current command of the drive in low-speed area (low-speed area: frequency
command < Pr. 10-39). When it is stalling on heavy duty start-up or forward / reverse with load,
adjust the parameter (increase). If inrush current is too high to cause oc stall, then decrease it.

 PM FOC Sensorless Speed Estimator Bandwidth

Factory Setting: 5.00
Settings 0.00~600.00 Hz
 The parameter is speed estimator bandwidth. Adjust the parameter will influence the stability and
the accuracy of speed for motor.
 If there is low frequency vibrates (the waveform is similar to sin wave) during the process, then
increase the bandwidth. If there is high frequency vibrates (the waveform vibrates extremely and
is like spur), then decrease the bandwidth.

12.2-4
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
 CALL NOW 800-985-6929 http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]
Chapter 12 Description of Parameter SettingsMS300

 PM Sensorless Speed Estimator Low-pass Filter Gain

Factory Setting: 1.00
Settings 0.00~655.35
 Adjust the parameter will influence the response speed of speed estimator.
 If there is low frequency vibrates (the waveform is similar to sin wave) during the process, then
increase the gain. If there is high frequency vibrates (the waveform vibrates extremely and is like
spur), then decrease the gain.

 Frequency Point when Switch from I/F Mode to PM Sensorless Mode

Factory Setting: 20.00
Settings 0.00~599.00 Hz
 The parameter is the switch point which is from low frequency to high frequency. It will influence
the switch point of speed observer in high / low frequency area.
 If the switch point is too low, motor will generate not enough back emf to let the speed estimator
measure the right rotator’s position and speed, and cause stall and oc when the frequency of
switch point is running.
 If the switch point is too high, the active area of I/F will be too wide, which will generate larger
current and cannot save energy. (The reason is that if the current of Pr. 10-31 sets too high, and
the high switch point will make the drive keeps outputting with the setting value of Pr. 10-31)

 Initial Angle Detection Pulse Value

Factory Setting: 1.0
Settings 0.0~3.0
 The angle detection is fixed to 3: Use the pulse injection method to start. The parameter
influences the value of pulse during the angle detection. The larger the pulse is, the higher of the
accuracy of rotator’s position. But larger pulse might cause oc easily.
 Increase the parameter when the running direction and the command are opposite while start-up.
If oc occurs in the start-up moment, then decrease the parameter.
 Please refer to Chapter 12-2 Adjustment & Application for detailed motor adjustment procedure.

 Zero Voltage Time While Start Up

Factory Setting: 00.000
Settings 00.000~60.000 sec.
 This parameter is valid only when the setting of Pr. 07-12 (Speed tracking during start-up) = 0.
 When the motor is in static status at the startup, the accuracy to estimate angles will be
increased. In order to make the motor in “static status”, 3 phase of drive output 0V to motor to
reach this goal. The Pr. 10-49 setting time is the length of time when 3 phase output 0V.
 It is possible that even when this parameter is being applied but the motor at the installation site
cannot go in to the “static status” caused by the inertia or by any external force. So, if the motor
doesn’t go into a completer “static status” in 0.2 sec, increase this setting value appropriately.
 If Pr. 10-49 sets too high, the start-up time will be longer obviously. If is too low, then the braking
performance will be weak.

12.2-5
CALL
Downloaded from NOW 800-985-6929
www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine http://www.deltaacdrives.com Email: [email protected]